the_o lord_n of_o batta_n already_o fight_v with_o a_o formal_a army_n but_o at_o the_o arrival_n of_o the_o king_n the_o enemy_n yield_v and_o submit_v themselves_o to_o the_o obedience_n which_o before_o they_o perform_v and_o so_o he_o return_v in_o triumph_n to_o the_o city_n of_o congo_n and_o the_o prince_n his_o son_n with_o he_o who_o present_o be_v desirous_a to_o become_v a_o christian_n and_o be_v christen_v by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o first_o prince_n of_o portugal_n he_o call_v alfonso_n and_o with_o he_o also_o be_v christen_v many_o gentleman_n and_o cavaliero_n and_o other_o of_o his_o servant_n that_o come_v with_o he_o out_o of_o his_o province_n but_o see_v the_o devil_n once_o again_o the_o utter_a enemy_n of_o christian_a religion_n how_o he_o prosecute_v his_o former_a intent_n to_o hinder_v christianity_n among_o these_o people_n for_o when_o he_o perceyve_v that_o he_o prevail_v nothing_o by_o these_o war_n he_o incense_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o king_n second_o son_n that_o he_o will_v not_o agree_v to_o receive_v the_o new_a keligion_n which_o his_o father_n gospel_n his_o mother_n his_o brother_n so_o many_o other_o lord_n have_v embrace_v sow_v his_o cockle_n &_o darnel_n not_o only_o in_o he_o but_o also_o in_o many_o other_o lord_n that_o favour_v he_o who_o be_v addict_v rather_o to_o the_o sensuality_n of_o the_o flesh_n than_o the_o purity_n of_o the_o mind_n resist_v the_o gospel_n which_o begin_v now_o to_o be_v preach_v especial_o in_o that_o commandment_n wherein_o it_o be_v forbid_v that_o a_o man_n shall_v have_v any_o mo_z wife_n but_o one_o a_o matter_n that_o among_o they_o be_v more_o hard_a and_o difficult_a to_o be_v receyve_v than_o any_o other_o commandment_n whatsoever_o because_o they_o be_v use_v to_o take_v as_o many_o wife_n as_o they_o will_v and_o thus_o the_o two_o brethren_n be_v divide_v between_o themselves_o either_o of_o they_o do_v stiff_o maintain_v his_o several_a opinion_n the_o elder_a brother_n don_n alfonso_n do_v with_o great_a fervency_n defend_v christianity_n &_o burn_v all_o the_o idol_n that_o be_v within_o his_o province_n the_o second_o brother_n call_v mani-pango_a because_o he_o be_v governor_n of_o the_o country_n of_o pango_fw-la do_v resist_v it_o mighty_o and_o have_v get_v the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o principal_a lord_n of_o pango_fw-la to_o be_v on_o his_o side_n for_o there_o be_v diverse_a of_o the_o new_a christen_v lord_n who_o lady_n see_v themselves_o separate_v and_o forlorn_a of_o their_o husband-lord_n by_o force_n of_o the_o christian_a law_n do_v take_v it_o as_o a_o great_a injury_n and_o scorn_n do_v unto_o they_o and_o blaspheme_v and_o curse_v this_o new_a religion_n beyond_o all_o measure_n these_o lord_n unite_v themselves_o together_o with_o other_o father_n and_o begin_v to_o plot_v treachery_n against_o don_n alfonso_n hope_v that_o if_o they_o can_v rid_v he_o out_o of_o the_o world_n the_o christian_a faith_n will_v utter_o cease_v of_o itself_o and_o therefore_o mani-pango_a and_o his_o complice_n give_v intelligence_n to_o his_o father_n that_o the_o prince_n don_n alfonso_n favour_v the_o christian_a faction_n only_o to_o the_o end_n that_o under_o the_o colour_n of_o his_o countenance_n and_o favour_n they_o may_v raise_v a_o insurrection_n and_o rebellion_n against_o he_o and_o so_o drive_v he_o out_o of_o his_o kingdom_n the_o king_n give_v credit_n to_o their_o information_n government_n and_o deprive_v his_o son_n of_o the_o government_n wherein_o he_o be_v place_v but_o the_o providence_n of_o god_n which_o reserve_v he_o for_o a_o great_a matter_n do_v relieve_v he_o by_o the_o good_a mediation_n and_o counsel_n of_o his_o friend_n who_o entreat_v the_o king_n his_o father_n that_o he_o will_v not_o be_v move_v to_o anger_n before_o he_o have_v examine_v the_o answer_n &_o reason_n of_o the_o prince_n his_o son_n wherein_o the_o king_n be_v especial_o persuade_v by_o mani-sogno_a who_o as_o we_o tell_v you_o be_v before_o christen_v brother_n and_o call_v don_n emanuel_n and_o by_o good_a hap_n be_v in_o court_n at_o that_o present_a this_o man_n be_v the_o ancient_a courtier_n and_o lord_n of_o that_o time_n singular_o well_o belove_v of_o the_o king_n and_o all_o his_o people_n do_v with_o sound_a reason_n and_o dexterity_n of_o wit_n procure_v the_o king_n to_o revoke_v the_o sentence_n that_o be_v give_v against_o the_o prince_n don_n alfonso_n so_o that_o the_o king_n be_v afterwards_o thorough_o inform_v both_o of_o the_o honest_a mind_n and_o action_n of_o his_o son_n perceive_v that_o the_o accusation_n plot_v against_o he_o be_v false_a and_o malicious_a restore_v and_o thereupon_o restore_v he_o again_o to_o his_o former_a government_n with_o a_o special_a charge_n that_o he_o shall_v not_o proceed_v with_o such_o rigour_n against_o the_o gentile_n for_o the_o propagation_n &_o exaltation_n of_o the_o christian_n religion_n but_o he_o be_v full_a of_o fervent_a charity_n and_o godly_a spirit_n cease_v not_o for_o all_o that_o to_o advance_v the_o faith_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o to_o put_v the_o commandment_n of_o god_n in_o execution_n chap._n 3._o don_n john_n the_o first_o christian_a king_n be_v dead_a don_n alfonso_n his_o son_n succeed_v of_o his_o war_n against_o his_o brother_n of_o certain_a miracle_n that_o be_v wrought_v and_o of_o the_o conversion_n of_o those_o people_n now_o together_o with_o the_o death_n of_o the_o king_n alfonso_n there_o be_v also_o publish_v the_o succession_n to_o the_o crown_n of_o don_n alfonso_n be_v then_o present_a who_o in_o his_o own_o person_n do_v accompany_v the_o corpse_n of_o his_o dead_a father_n to_o the_o burial_n withal_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o court_n and_o all_o the_o christian_n portugal_n which_o be_v solemnize_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o christendom_n with_o service_n and_o prayer_n for_o the_o dead_a and_o all_o this_o with_o such_o funeral_n pomp_n as_o be_v never_o see_v before_o among_o those_o people_n but_o they_o which_o heretofore_o be_v adversary_n to_o this_o new_a king_n doubt_v of_o their_o own_o safety_n if_o they_o shall_v remain_v in_o the_o court_n unite_v themselves_o with_o mani-pango_a who_o be_v now_o depart_v into_o the_o province_n of_o his_o own_o government_n brother_n and_o while_o his_o father_n live_v be_v whole_o employ_v in_o fight_v against_o the_o mozombi_n and_o certain_a other_o people_n that_o have_v rebel_v against_o he_o when_o he_o hear_v of_o the_o death_n of_o his_o father_n and_o understand_v that_o his_o brother_n be_v already_o place_v in_o the_o seat_n royal_a he_o take_v truce_n with_o his_o enemy_n and_o gather_v together_o a_o great_a army_n begin_v to_o go_v in_o arm_n against_o his_o brother_n and_o lead_v with_o he_o almost_o all_o the_o whole_a realm_n which_o in_o deed_n favour_v he_o to_o the_o number_n of_o two_o hundred_o thousand_o man_n king_n alfonso_n await_v his_o come_n at_o the_o royal_a city_n with_o a_o very_a small_a number_n save_v that_o he_o be_v direct_v advise_v and_o assist_v by_o the_o good_a ancient_a lord_n mani-sogno_a who_o unite_n himself_o unto_o he_o in_o the_o strength_n and_o virtue_n of_o the_o holy_a christian_a faith_n timorous_a and_o make_v a_o list_n of_o all_o those_o arm_a friend_n that_o he_o have_v to_o defend_v he_o against_o so_o great_a a_o enemy_n find_v by_o computation_n that_o they_o do_v not_o amount_v to_o the_o number_n of_o ten_o thousand_o among_o which_o there_o be_v but_o about_o one_o hundred_o christian_n natural_a of_o that_o country_n beside_o some_o few_o portugal_n which_o by_o chance_n arrive_v there_o at_o that_o time_n all_o these_o people_n be_v indeed_o too_o few_o for_o such_o a_o encounter_n and_o therefore_o not_o very_o resolute_a to_o abide_v any_o attempt_n but_o become_v very_o doubtful_a and_o timorous_a by_o reason_n of_o the_o great_a power_n that_o mani-pango_a bring_v with_o he_o but_o the_o king_n trust_v confident_o in_o his_o strong_a faith_n and_o in_o the_o celestial_a aid_n and_o assistance_n comfort_v and_o strengthen_v his_o soldier_n by_o all_o the_o mean_n he_o can_v and_o so_o do_v the_o good_a old_a lord_n his_o uncle_n who_o cease_v not_o both_o night_n and_o day_n with_o word_n and_o deed_n to_o encourage_v that_o small_a number_n which_o they_o have_v to_o expect_v and_o endure_v the_o assault_n of_o their_o adversary_n with_o all_o manhood_n and_o courage_n assure_v they_o that_o god_n will_v be_v their_o help_n and_o succour_v thus_o while_o they_o attend_v the_o proceeding_n of_o their_o enemy_n mani-pango_a and_o his_o force_n set_v forwards_o to_o the_o besiege_n of_o the_o city_n with_o so_o great_a a_o noise_n of_o warlike_a instrument_n and_o cry_n and_o shouting_n and_o terrible_a threaten_n that_o the_o poor_a few_o which_o be_v in_o the_o city_n aswell_o christian_n as_o other_o faint_v in_o
one_o with_o the_o language_n of_o the_o people_n of_o congo_n angola_n because_o as_o we_o tell_v you_o before_o they_o be_v both_o but_o one_o kingdom_n only_o the_o difference_n between_o they_o be_v as_o common_o it_o be_v between_o two_o nation_n that_o border_n one_o upon_o another_o as_o for_o example_n between_o the_o portugal_n and_o the_o castilian_n or_o rather_o between_o the_o venetian_n and_o the_o calabrian_o who_o pronounce_v their_o word_n in_o a_o diverse_a manner_n and_o utter_v they_o in_o several_a sort_n although_o it_o be_v all_o one_o speech_n yet_o do_v they_o very_o hardly_o understand_v one_o another_o we_o have_v signify_v unto_o you_o heretofore_o that_o the_o bay_n of_o cowes_n do_v divide_v the_o kingdom_n of_o angola_n in_o the_o midst_n and_o hitherto_o we_o have_v treat_v but_o of_o the_o one_o half_a thereof_o describe_v now_o we_o will_v describe_v unto_o you_o the_o second_o part_n of_o it_o which_o lie_v from_o the_o say_a bay_n of_o cow_n towards_o the_o south_n from_o this_o bay_n then_o to_o the_o black_a cape_n call_v capo_n negro_n cape_n by_o the_o coast_n of_o the_o ocean_n they_o do_v reckon_v two_o hundred_o &_o twenty_o mile_n of_o such_o country_n and_o soil_n as_o the_o former_a be_v and_o possess_v by_o many_o lord_n that_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n from_o capo_n negro_n there_o run_v a_o line_n towards_o the_o east_n through_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o mountain_n that_o be_v call_v monti_n freddi_n mountain_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o cold_a mountain_n which_o also_o in_o some_o certain_a part_n of_o they_o that_o be_v high_o than_o the_o rest_n towards_o the_o equinoctial_a be_v term_v by_o the_o portugal_n monti_n nevosi_n or_o snowy_a mountain_n and_o so_o end_v at_o the_o root_n of_o other_o mountain_n that_o be_v call_v the_o mountain_n of_o crystal_n out_o of_o these_o snowy_a mountain_n do_v spring_v the_o water_n of_o the_o lake_n dumbea_n zocche_n crystal_n this_o foresay_a line_n from_o the_o mountain_n of_o crystal_n draw_v onwards_o towards_o the_o north_n through_o the_o mountain_n of_o silver_n till_o you_o come_v to_o malemba_n where_o we_o tell_v you_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n be_v divide_v and_o part_v the_o river_n of_o coari_n in_o the_o midst_n and_o this_o be_v the_o country_n possess_v by_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n whereof_o i_o have_v no_o more_o to_o say_v then_o be_v already_o set_v down_o neither_o of_o the_o quality_n of_o his_o person_n nor_o of_o his_o court._n chap._n 8._o of_o the_o circuit_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n possess_v by_o the_o king_n that_o now_o be_v according_a to_o the_o four_o border_n above_o describe_v begin_v therefore_o at_o the_o river_n coanza_n and_o draw_v towards_o the_o equinoctial_a 375._o mile_n you_o shall_v find_v the_o river_n that_o they_o call_v las_o barreras_n vermellias_n mile_n or_o the_o red_a pit_n which_o be_v indeed_o the_o ragged_a ruin_n of_o certain_a rock_n wear_v by_o the_o sea_n and_o when_o they_o fall_v down_o do_v show_v themselves_o to_o be_v of_o a_o red_a colour_n 540._o from_o thence_o by_o a_o direct_a line_n upon_o the_o north_n that_o which_o the_o king_n possess_v be_v 450._o mile_n and_o they_o the_o say_a line_n divide_v itself_o towards_o the_o south_n pass_v by_o the_o hill_n of_o crystal_n not_o those_o that_o we_o tell_v you_o before_o do_v belong_v to_o angola_n 500_o but_o other_o that_o be_v call_v by_o the_o same_o name_n and_o so_o by_o the_o mountain_n of_o salnitro_n traverse_v the_o river_n verbela_n at_o the_o root_n of_o the_o mountain_n of_o silver_n it_o end_v at_o the_o lake_n aquelunda_fw-la 360._o which_o be_v the_o space_n of_o 500_o mile_n the_o four_o line_n run_v along_o the_o river_n coanza_n which_o issue_v out_o of_o the_o say_a lake_n &_o contain_v 360._o mile_n so_o that_o the_o whole_a realm_n now_o possess_v by_o don_n alvaro_n the_o king_n of_o congo_n be_v in_o compass_n 1685._o mile_n mile_n but_o the_o breadth_n thereof_o begin_v at_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o river_n zaire_n where_o the_o point_n be_v which_o in_o the_o portugal_n speech_n be_v call_v padraon_n and_o so_o cut_v the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n in_o the_o middle_n and_o cross_v over_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o the_o mountain_n of_o crystal_n mile_n there_o it_o end_v contain_v the_o space_n of_o 6â—0_n mile_n &_o within_o 150._o mile_n near_o to_o the_o river_n nilus_n very_o true_a it_o be_v indeed_o that_o in_o ancient_a time_n the_o predecessor_n of_o this_o prince_n do_v reign_v over_o many_o other_o country_n thereabouts_o which_o in_o process_n of_o time_n they_o have_v lose_v and_o although_o they_o be_v now_o in_o the_o government_n of_o other_o congo_n yet_o do_v the_o king_n of_o congo_n retain_v still_o to_o this_o day_n the_o title_n of_o those_o region_n as_o for_o example_n don_n alvaro_n king_n of_o congo_n and_o of_o abundos_fw-la and_o of_o matama_n and_o of_o quizama_n and_o of_o angola_n and_o of_o cacongo_n and_o of_o the_o seven_o kingdom_n of_o congere_fw-la amolaza_n and_o of_o the_o pangelungo_n and_o lord_n of_o the_o river_n zaire_n and_o of_o the_o anziquos_fw-la and_o anziquana_n and_o of_o loango_n chap._n 9_o the_o six_o province_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o first_o of_o the_o province_n of_o bamba_n this_o kingdom_n be_v divide_v into_o six_o province_n that_o be_v to_o say_v bamba_n songo_n sundi_fw-la pango_fw-la batta_n &_o pemba_n the_o province_n of_o bamba_n which_o be_v the_o great_a and_o the_o rich_a be_v govern_v by_o don_n sebastian_n mani_n bamba_n he_o cousin_n to_o the_o king_n don_n alvaro_n last_o decease_v and_o it_o be_v situate_v upon_o the_o sea_n coast_n from_o the_o river_n ambrize_n until_o you_o come_v to_o the_o river_n coanza_n towards_o the_o south_n this_o don_n sebastian_n have_v under_o his_o dominion_n many_o prince_n and_o lord_n and_o the_o name_n of_o the_o great_a of_o they_o be_v these_o don_z antonio_z mani-bamba_a who_o be_v lieutenant_n and_o brother_n to_o don_n sebastian_n and_o mani-lemba_a another_o and_o mani-dandi_a &_o mani-bengo_a and_o mani-loanda_a who_o be_v governor_n of_o the_o island_n of_o loanda_n and_o mani-corimba_n and_o mani-coanza_a and_o mani-cazzanzi_a all_o these_o do_v govern_v all_o the_o sea_n coast_n but_o within_o land_n for_o that_o part_n which_o belong_v to_o angola_n there_o be_v another_o people_n call_v the_o ambundos_fw-la who_o dwell_v on_o the_o border_n of_o angola_n be_v subject_a to_o the_o say_v mani-bamba_a and_o they_o be_v these_o angazi_n chinghengo_n motollo_n chabonda_n and_o many_o other_o of_o base_a condition_n note_v that_o this_o word_n mani_n signify_v a_o prince_n or_o a_o lord_n signify_v and_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o word_n be_v the_o name_n of_o the_o country_n and_o lordship_n where_o the_o lord_n rule_v as_o for_o example_n mani-bamba_a signify_v the_o lord_n of_o the_o country_n of_o bamba_n &_o mani-corimba_n the_o lord_n of_o the_o country_n of_o corimba_n bamba_n which_o be_v a_o part_n of_o bamba_n and_o so_o likewise_o of_o the_o rest_n this_o province_n of_o bamba_n confine_v with_o angola_n quizama_n on_o the_o south_n &_o upon_o the_o east_n of_o it_o towards_o the_o lake_n achelunda_n lie_v the_o country_n of_o quizama_n which_o be_v govern_v like_o a_o common_a wealth_n and_o be_v divide_v among_o a_o number_n of_o lord_n who_o in_o deed_n live_v at_o their_o own_o liberty_n do_v neither_o obey_v the_o king_n of_o congo_n nor_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n and_o to_o be_v short_a these_o lord_n of_o quizama_n after_o they_o have_v a_o long_a time_n quarrel_v with_o paulo_n diaz_n yet_o at_o last_o they_o become_v his_o subject_n because_o they_o will_v avoid_v the_o yoke_n of_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n and_o by_o their_o good_a aid_n and_o assistance_n do_v paulo_n diaz_n great_o help_v himself_o against_o the_o say_a king_n of_o angola_n now_o the_o aforesaid_a country_n of_o bamba_n congo_n as_o we_o have_v tell_v you_o be_v the_o principal_a province_n of_o all_o the_o realm_n of_o congo_n and_o in_o deed_n the_o very_a key_n and_o the_o buckler_n and_o the_o sword_n and_o the_o defence_n thereof_o and_o as_o it_o be_v the_o frontier_n which_o oppose_v itself_o against_o all_o their_o enemy_n for_o it_o resist_v all_o the_o revolte_n and_o rebellion_n of_o those_o quarter_n and_o have_v very_o valorous_a people_n in_o it_o that_o be_v always_o ready_a for_o to_o fight_v so_o that_o they_o do_v continual_o keep_v their_o adversary_n of_o angola_n in_o great_a awe_n and_o if_o it_o happen_v at_o any_o time_n that_o their_o king_n stand_v in_o need_n they_o be_v always_o at_o his_o command_n to_o annoy_v the_o other_o country_n whensoever_o when_o need_n require_v war_n he_o may_v have_v in_o camp_n
confident_o swear_v that_o they_o be_v liar_n and_o opposite_a to_o all_o ancient_a philosopher_n but_o in_o a_o word_n i_o will_v answer_v herein_o with_o a_o argument_n 2._o which_o aristotle_n use_v 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d i._o siquidem_fw-la in_o usu_fw-la est_fw-la hominibus_fw-la mentiri_fw-la id_fw-la quod_fw-la credibile_fw-la existimare_fw-la oportet_fw-la &_o contrarium_fw-la incredibilia_fw-la multa_fw-la hominibus_fw-la contingere_fw-la vera_fw-la which_o for_o the_o better_a understanding_n i_o must_v paraphrase_n in_o english_a if_o it_o be_v a_o usual_a thing_n among_o man_n that_o when_o a_o thing_n be_v report_v which_o be_v very_o credible_a and_o like_a to_o be_v true_a yet_o afterward_o it_o fall_v out_o to_o be_v a_o stark_a lie_n then_o must_v we_o needs_o think_v on_o the_o contrary_a that_o many_o report_n or_o thing_n which_o be_v incredible_a do_v in_o the_o end_n fall_v out_o to_o be_v true_a in_o which_o case_n as_o credulity_n lean_v a_o little_a to_o foolery_n so_o incredulity_n smell_v somewhat_o of_o atheism_n another_o paradox_n be_v that_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n be_v not_o the_o cause_n of_o whiteness_n or_o blackness_n in_o the_o skin_n of_o man_n this_o position_n in_o the_o negative_a he_o may_v safe_o defend_v against_o all_o philosopher_n by_o virtue_n of_o the_o reason_n that_o he_o have_v vouch_v in_o this_o report_n which_o in_o deed_n do_v utter_o overthrow_v their_o affirmative_a but_o because_o neither_o any_o ancient_a writer_n before_o this_o age_n nor_o he_o himself_o have_v ever_o be_v able_a to_o declare_v the_o true_a cause_n of_o these_o colour_n in_o humane_a body_n very_o honest_o and_o modest_o he_o leave_v it_o undecided_a and_o refer_v it_o to_o some_o secret_n of_o nature_n which_o hitherto_o have_v be_v know_v to_o god_n alone_o and_o never_o as_o yet_o reveal_v to_o man_n and_o therefore_o i_o do_v wish_n that_o some_o sound_v natural_a philosopher_n such_o as_o fernelius_n that_o write_v de_fw-fr abditis_fw-la rerum_fw-la causis_fw-la or_o as_o levinus_n lemnius_n de_fw-fr occultis_fw-la naturae_fw-la miraculis_fw-la or_o as_o franciscus_n valesius_fw-la de_fw-la sacra_fw-la philosophia_fw-la will_v enter_v into_o the_o closet_n of_o contemplation_n to_o find_v out_o the_o true_a natural_a cause_n thereof_o in_o the_o mean_a while_o i_o hold_v still_o with_o my_o author_n in_o the_o negative_a the_o three_o paradox_n touch_v the_o amazon_n mention_v in_o this_o book_n i_o do_v not_o see_v why_o it_o shall_v be_v count_v a_o paradox_n to_o believe_v that_o there_o be_v such_o a_o nation_n consider_v how_o many_o author_n both_o greek_a and_o latin_a both_o historiographer_n and_o cosmographer_n both_o divine_a and_o profane_a have_v acknowledge_v that_o nation_n and_o the_o country_n wherein_o it_o inhabit_v but_o our_o new_a writer_n say_v that_o a_o little_a after_o king_n alexander_n death_n it_o be_v utter_o overthrow_v and_o quite_o extinguish_v what_o usque_fw-la ad_fw-la unam_fw-la not_o one_o of_o they_o leave_v alive_a certain_o that_o depopulation_n must_v needs_o proceed_v either_o from_o the_o peculiar_a visitation_n of_o god_n almighty_n own_a hand_n or_o else_o it_o be_v the_o strange_a slaughter_n that_o ever_o be_v hear_v of_o that_o of_o a_o whole_a nation_n be_v so_o populous_a as_o that_o be_v there_o shall_v not_o remain_v some_o few_o that_o escape_v but_o yet_o suppose_v that_o some_o hypsiphile_n or_o penthesilea_n or_o thalestris_n or_o some_o such_o other_o do_v wise_o convey_v herself_o away_o cum_fw-la dijs_fw-la penatibus_fw-la cum_fw-la matre_fw-la &_o cum_fw-la filia_fw-la and_o be_v guide_v by_o some_o happy_a venus_n arrive_v in_o a_o far_o remote_a region_n and_o there_o observe_v the_o custom_n and_o fashion_n of_o their_o own_o native_a country_n may_v not_o these_o three_o together_o with_o some_o other_o woman_n that_o be_v desirous_a of_o rule_n and_o government_n and_o allure_v by_o they_o to_o be_v of_o their_o society_n may_v not_o they_o i_o say_v in_o process_n of_o time_n for_o it_o be_v a_o long_a time_n since_o alexander_n die_v breed_v a_o new_a nation_n of_o amazon_n although_o we_o never_o hear_v in_o what_o climate_n they_o remain_v yea_o it_o may_v be_v for_o any_o thing_n that_o i_o know_v this_o latter_a generation_n may_v grow_v again_o to_o be_v so_o populous_a that_o they_o can_v send_v forth_o colony_n from_o they_o into_o other_o place_n and_o so_o plant_v themselves_o in_o diverse_a country_n for_o i_o hear_v that_o there_o be_v of_o they_o about_o guiana_n and_o here_o in_o this_o report_n i_o read_v that_o some_o of_o they_o serve_v in_o the_o war_n of_o the_o king_n of_o monomotapa_n and_o i_o hope_v that_o in_o good_a time_n some_o good_a guianian_a will_v make_v good_a proof_n to_o our_o england_n that_o there_o be_v at_o this_o day_n both_o amazon_n and_o headless_a man_n and_o thus_o much_o for_o the_o paradox_n the_o last_o exception_n which_o may_v be_v make_v against_o this_o book_n be_v the_o discourse_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n to_o christianity_n which_o be_v amplify_v and_o set_v out_o with_o such_o miracle_n and_o superstitious_a vanity_n as_o though_o it_o have_v be_v plot_v of_o purpose_n for_o the_o glory_n and_o advancement_n of_o the_o pope_n and_o his_o adherent_n wherein_o because_o it_o do_v concern_v matter_n of_o religion_n i_o will_v deal_v more_o wary_o and_o serious_o to_o satisfy_v my_o reader_n true_a it_o be_v that_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o congo_n be_v all_o pagan_n and_o heathen_n until_o they_o entertain_v traffic_n with_o the_o portugese_n among_o who_o one_o massing_n priest_n become_v a_o mean_n to_o confer_v with_o a_o noble_a man_n of_o congo_n concern_v christianity_n who_o take_v like_n thereof_o as_o be_v a_o man_n of_o good_a inclination_n and_o disposition_n be_v very_o desirous_a to_o be_v further_o instruct_v the_o priest_n be_v wise_a take_v opportunity_n to_o make_v way_n for_o his_o countreymens_n traffic_n and_o also_o for_o plant_v of_o the_o christian_a faith_n in_o that_o region_n it_o may_v be_v in_o hope_n to_o be_v prefer_v and_o advance_v in_o a_o new_a establish_a church_n as_o common_o our_o travel_a priest_n use_v to_o do_v that_o want_v maintenance_n or_o be_v upon_o some_o occasion_n discontent_v at_o home_n do_v leap_v over_o sea_n into_o foreign_a part_n not_o for_o the_o desire_n which_o they_o have_v to_o gain_v christian_a soul_n or_o to_o preach_v the_o gospel_n but_o to_o procure_v to_o themselves_o either_o dignity_n or_o wealth_n but_o i_o do_v not_o say_v that_o this_o priest_n be_v such_o a_o one_o for_o i_o neither_o have_v reason_n nor_o authority_n so_o to_o say_v for_o he_o send_v over_o into_o portugal_n for_o some_o fellow_n to_o help_v he_o who_o be_v come_v into_o congo_n labour_v so_o much_o that_o in_o time_n the_o king_n and_o his_o people_n consent_v to_o become_v christian_n then_o do_v the_o portingall-priest_n bestir_v themselves_o nimble_o in_o baptise_v the_o king_n the_o queen_n the_o lord_n and_o the_o commons_o they_o build_v church_n they_o erect_v altar_n they_o set_v up_o cross_n and_o at_o last_o bring_v in_o a_o bishop_n and_o all_o this_o be_v do_v i_o must_v needs_o confess_v with_o all_o pomp_n and_o solemnity_n after_o the_o romish_a manner_n which_o in_o deed_n be_v so_o plausible_a as_o it_o be_v able_a to_o allure_v any_o simple_a man_n or_o woman_n even_o with_o the_o very_a sight_n thereof_o yet_o will_v i_o not_o deny_v but_o that_o these_o priest_n have_v a_o good_a intent_n and_o for_o my_o part_n i_o do_v believe_v that_o they_o be_v in_o bona_fw-la fide_fw-la because_o they_o convert_v a_o great_a part_n of_o the_o people_n not_o to_o popery_n but_o to_o christianity_n the_o true_a foundation_n of_o all_o religion_n and_o this_o action_n which_o tend_v to_o the_o glory_n of_o god_n and_o may_v be_v a_o notable_a example_n to_o the_o world_n of_o do_v the_o like_a shall_v it_o be_v conceal_v and_o not_o commit_v to_o memory_n because_o it_o be_v perform_v by_o popish_a priest_n and_o popish_a mean_n 1â—_n god_n forbid_v s._n paul_n make_v mention_n of_o diverse_a that_o preach_v christ_n some_o of_o envy_n and_o strife_n and_o not_o pure_o and_o some_o of_o love_n and_o good_a will_n what_o then_o yet_o christ_n be_v preach_v whether_o it_o be_v under_o pretence_n or_o sincere_o and_o therein_o do_v i_o joy_v so_o these_o man_n be_v not_o to_o be_v regard_v whether_o they_o preach_v christ_n for_o vainglory_n and_o for_o maintenance_n of_o popery_n or_o of_o a_o sincere_a mind_n but_o certain_a it_o be_v that_o christ_n be_v preach_v by_o they_o 9_o and_o therein_o ought_v we_o to_o joy_n in_o mark_n and_o in_o luke_n s._n john_n say_v to_o christ_n 9_o master_n we_o see_v one_o cast_v out_o devil_n in_o thy_o name_n but_o we_o forbid_v he_o because_o he_o follow_v not_o
rain_n and_o so_o it_o fall_v out_o that_o by_o reason_n of_o these_o reins_n their_o winter_n as_o it_o be_v aforesaid_a be_v nothing_o so_o cold_a because_o the_o water_n do_v engender_v a_o certain_a kind_n of_o warmth_n in_o those_o hot_a region_n this_o be_v then_o the_o cause_n of_o the_o increase_n of_o nilus_n &_o other_o river_n in_o that_o climate_n whereof_o the_o ancient_n of_o old_a time_n make_v so_o great_a doubt_n and_o invent_v so_o many_o fable_n and_o error_n but_o in_o their_o summer_n which_o be_v our_o winter_n there_o blow_v other_o wind_n that_o be_v quite_o opposite_a to_o the_o former_a time_n even_o in_o diametro_fw-la and_o be_v note_v in_o the_o card_n from_o the_o south_n to_o the_o southeast_n which_o out_o of_o all_o question_n must_v needs_o be_v cold_a because_o they_o breath_n from_o the_o contrary_a pole_n antarctike_a and_o cool_v all_o those_o country_n even_o for_o all_o the_o world_n as_o our_o wind_n in_o summer_n do_v cool_v our_o country_n and_o whereas_o there_o with_o they_o these_o wind_n do_v make_v the_o air_n very_o fair_a and_o clear_a so_o do_v they_o never_o come_v unto_o we_o but_o they_o bring_v with_o they_o great_a store_n of_o rain_n and_o this_o come_v to_o pass_v by_o a_o certain_a natural_a disposition_n of_o the_o earth_n which_o be_v govern_v by_o the_o heaven_n and_o the_o climate_n thereof_o and_o by_o the_o sovereign_a providence_n of_o god_n who_o have_v part_v the_o heaven_n and_o the_o course_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o of_o the_o other_o planet_n in_o such_o sort_n that_o every_o country_n upon_o the_o face_n of_o the_o earth_n do_v enjoy_v the_o virtue_n of_o their_o light_n both_o in_o heat_n and_o in_o cold_a and_o also_o in_o all_o other_o season_n of_o the_o year_n by_o a_o most_o singular_a measure_n and_o proportion_n and_o certain_o if_o the_o breath_n of_o these_o wind_n do_v not_o refresh_v and_o cool_v these_o country_n of_o aethiopia_n &_o congo_n and_o other_o place_n near_o about_o they_o it_o be_v not_o possible_a for_o they_o to_o endure_v the_o heat_n consider_v that_o even_o in_o the_o night_n time_n they_o be_v constrain_v to_o hang_v two_o coveringe_n over_o they_o to_o keep_v away_o the_o heat_n the_o same_o cool_a and_o refresh_v by_o wind_n be_v common_a also_o to_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o isle_n of_o candie_n &_o of_o the_o island_n in_o arcipelago_n and_o of_o cyprus_n and_o of_o asia_n the_o less_o and_o of_o soria_n and_o of_o egypt_n which_o do_v live_v as_o it_o be_v with_o this_o refresh_n of_o the_o foresay_a wind_n of_o the_o northwest_o and_o of_o the_o west_n so_o that_o they_o may_v well_o be_v call_v as_o they_o be_v in_o greek_a zephyri_fw-la quasi_fw-la 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d congo_n breeder_n of_o life_n let_v it_o be_v also_o remember_v that_o in_o the_o mountain_n of_o aethiopia_n and_o of_o congo_n &_o the_o region_n near_o adjoin_v there_o fall_v no_o snow_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o at_o all_o in_o the_o very_a top_n of_o they_o save_v only_o towards_o the_o cape_n of_o good-hope_a and_o certain_a other_o hill_n which_o the_o portugal_n call_v sierra_n nevada_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o snowy_a mountain_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o ice_n or_o snow_n to_o be_v find_v in_o all_o the_o country_n of_o congo_n which_o will_v be_v better_o esteem_v there_o then_o gold_n to_o mingle_v with_o their_o drink_n so_o that_o the_o river_n there_o do_v not_o swell_v and_o increase_v by_o melt_v of_o snow_n but_o because_o the_o rain_n do_v fall_v out_o of_o the_o cloud_n for_o five_o whole_a moon_n continual_o together_o that_o be_v to_o lay_v in_o april_n may_n june_n july_n &_o august_n the_o first_o rain_n sometime_o begin_v on_o the_o xv_o day_n and_o sometime_o after_o and_o this_o be_v the_o cause_n why_o the_o new_a water_n of_o nilus_n which_o be_v so_o great_o desire_v &_o expect_v by_o the_o inhabitant_n there_o do_v arrive_v soon_o or_o late_a in_o egypt_n chap._n 3._o whether_o the_o child_n which_o be_v beget_v by_o portugal_n be_v of_o a_o white_a skin_n and_o bear_v in_o those_o country_n by_o the_o woman_n of_o congo_n be_v black_a or_o white_a or_o tawny_a like_o a_o wild_a olive_n who_o the_o portugal_n call_v mulati_n all_o the_o ancient_a writer_n have_v certain_o believe_v country_n that_o the_o cause_n of_o black_a colour_n in_o man_n be_v from_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n for_o by_o experience_n it_o be_v find_v that_o the_o near_o we_o approach_v to_o the_o country_n of_o the_o south_n the_o brown_a &_o black_a be_v the_o inhabitant_n therein_o and_o contrariwise_o the_o far_a you_o go_v towards_o the_o north_n the_o white_a shall_v you_o find_v the_o man_n as_o the_o french_a &_o the_o dutch_a &_o the_o english_a and_o other_o notwithstanding_o it_o be_v as_o certain_a a_o thing_n as_o may_v be_v that_o under_o the_o equinoctial_a there_o be_v people_n which_o be_v bear_v almost_o all_o white_a as_o in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o melinde_n &_o mombaza_n situate_v under_o the_o equinoctial_a &_o in_o the_o isle_n of_o san_n thomas_n which_o lie_v also_o under_o the_o same_o climate_n and_o be_v at_o the_o first_o inhabit_v by_o the_o portugal_n though_o afterwards_o it_o be_v disinhabit_v and_o for_o the_o space_n of_o a_o hundred_o year_n and_o upwardes_o their_o child_n be_v continual_o white_a yea_o and_o every_o day_n still_o become_v white_a and_o white_a and_o so_o likewise_o the_o child_n of_o the_o portugese_n which_o be_v bear_v of_o the_o woman_n of_o congo_n do_v incline_v somewhat_o towards_o white_a so_o that_o signior_n odoardo_n be_v of_o opinion_n that_o the_o black_a colour_n do_v not_o spring_v from_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n but_o from_o the_o nature_n of_o the_o seed_n be_v induce_v thereunto_o by_o the_o reason_n above_o mention_v and_o sure_o this_o his_o opinion_n be_v confirm_v by_o the_o testimony_n of_o ptolemy_n who_o in_o his_o description_n of_o the_o innermost_a part_n of_o lybia_n make_v mention_n of_o white_a ethiopian_n which_o he_o call_v in_o his_o language_n 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d 〈◊〉_d that_o be_v to_o say_v white_a moor_n and_o in_o another_o place_n also_o of_o white_a elephant_n which_o be_v in_o the_o same_o country_n chap._n 4._o of_o the_o circuit_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o of_o the_o border_n and_o confine_n thereof_o and_o first_o of_o the_o western_a coast_n the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n be_v distinguish_v by_o four_o border_n the_o first_o of_o the_o west_n which_o be_v water_v with_o the_o ocean_n sea_n the_o second_o of_o the_o north_n the_o third_o of_o the_o east_n &_o the_o last_o which_o be_v towards_o the_o south_n and_o to_o begin_v with_o the_o border_n lie_v upon_o the_o sea_n the_o first_o part_n of_o it_o be_v in_o the_o bay_n cowes_n call_v seno_n dell_fw-it vacche_fw-it &_o be_v situate_a in_o the_o height_n of_o 13._o degree_n upon_o the_o antarctik_a side_n and_o stretch_v all_o along_o the_o coast_n unto_o 4._o degree_n and_o a_o half_a on_o the_o north_n side_n near_o to_o the_o equinoctial_a which_o space_n contain_v 630._o mile_n this_o seno_n dell_fw-it vacche_fw-it be_v a_o haven_n but_o of_o a_o moderate_a bigness_n and_o yet_o a_o good_a one_o &_o able_a to_o receive_v any_o ship_n that_o arrive_v it_o be_v call_v seno_n dell_fw-it vacche_fw-it that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o bay_n of_o cowes_n because_o thereabouts_o there_o be_v pasture_v very_o many_o herd_n of_o that_o kind_n of_o cattle_n the_o country_n be_v plain_a &_o abound_v with_o all_o manner_n of_o victual_n and_o there_o you_o shall_v find_v some_o kind_n of_o mettle_n to_o be_v public_o sell_v especial_o silver_n and_o it_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n a_o little_a more_o forward_o lie_v the_o river_n bengleli_fw-la bengleli_fw-la where_o a_o certain_a lord_n be_v subject_a to_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n do_v special_o command_v and_o about_o the_o say_a river_n be_v a_o great_a compass_n of_o country_n much_o like_a to_o the_o former_a and_o a_o little_a further_o run_v the_o river_n songa_fw-mi son_n so_o call_v by_o the_o portugal_n wherein_o you_o may_v sail_v 25._o mile_n upwardes_o in_o a_o country_n also_o like_a to_o the_o former_a the_o follow_v the_o river_n coanza_n which_o issue_v out_o of_o a_o little_a lake_n coanza_n feed_v by_o a_o certain_a river_n that_o flow_v out_o of_o a_o great_a lake_n be_v the_o chief_a and_o principal_a spring_n or_o head_n of_o nilus_n whereof_o in_o the_o other_o part_n of_o this_o discourse_n we_o shall_v have_v occasion_n to_o write_v coanza_n at_o the_o mouth_n of_o it_o be_v two_o mile_n broad_a and_o you_o may_v sail_v with_o small_a bark_n upwardes_o against_o the_o stream_n about_o 100_o mile_n but_o
have_v no_o haven_n and_o here_o it_o be_v to_o be_v note_v that_o all_o this_o country_n which_o we_o have_v here_o describe_v be_v wont_a to_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n but_o a_o while_n ago_o the_o governor_n of_o that_o country_n be_v become_v the_o absolute_a lord_n thereof_o and_o profess_v himself_o to_o be_v a_o friend_n to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n but_o not_o his_o vassal_n and_o yet_o sometime_o he_o send_v the_o king_n some_o present_a in_o manner_n of_o a_o tribute_n beyond_o the_o river_n coanza_n be_v the_o haven_n of_o loanda_n be_v in_o ten_o degree_n make_v as_o it_o be_v say_v by_o a_o certain_a island_n call_v loanda_n loanda_n which_o signify_v in_o that_o language_n bald_a or_o shave_n because_o it_o be_v a_o country_n without_o any_o hill_n and_o very_o low_a for_o indeed_o it_o scarce_o raise_v itself_o above_o the_o sea_n this_o island_n be_v frame_v of_o the_o sand_n and_o dirt_n of_o the_o sea_n and_o of_o the_o river_n coanza_n who_o wave_n meet_v together_o and_o the_o filthy_a matter_n sink_v down_o there_o to_o the_o bottom_n in_o a_o continuance_n of_o time_n it_o grow_v to_o be_v a_o island_n it_o may_v be_v about_o 20._o mile_n long_o and_o one_o mile_n broad_a at_o the_o most_o and_o in_o some_o place_n but_o only_o a_o bowshoote_v but_o it_o be_v a_o marvelous_a thing_n that_o in_o such_o a_o sandy_a ground_n if_o you_o shall_v dig_v to_o the_o depth_n of_o two_o or_o three_o hand-breadths_a you_o shall_v find_v sweet_a water_n the_o best_a in_o all_o those_o country_n wherein_o also_o there_o be_v a_o very_a strange_a effect_n that_o when_o the_o ocean_n eb_v this_o water_n become_v somewhat_o salt_n but_o when_o it_o flow_v to_o the_o top_n it_o be_v most_o sweet_a a_o thing_n that_o fall_v out_o also_o in_o the_o island_n of_o cadis_fw-la in_o spain_n by_o the_o report_n and_o testimony_n of_o strabo_n this_o island_n be_v the_o mine_n of_o all_o the_o money_n which_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n spend_v congo_n and_o all_o the_o people_n thereabouts_o for_o upon_o the_o shore_n you_o shall_v have_v certain_a woman_n that_o use_v to_o dive_v and_o duck_v into_o the_o sea_n two_o yard_n deep_a and_o more_o and_o fill_v their_o basket_n with_o sand_n and_o afterwards_o divide_v the_o gravel_n from_o certain_a small_a shelfish_n that_o be_v among_o it_o which_o be_v call_v lumache_n &_o when_o these_o lumache_n be_v sever_v by_o themselves_o then_o do_v they_o pick_v out_o the_o male_n from_o the_o female_n which_o they_o may_v easy_o do_v because_o the_o female_a be_v more_o fine_a than_o the_o male_a and_o great_o esteem_v for_o her_o colour_n which_o be_v very_o neat_a bright_a and_o pleasant_a to_o the_o sight_n these_o lumache_n do_v breed_v in_o all_o the_o shore_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n but_o the_o best_a of_o all_o be_v those_o of_o loanda_n loanda_n because_o they_o look_v very_o fine_a and_o of_o a_o very_a bright_a colour_n some_o gray_a or_o ashecoloured_a and_o some_o of_o other_o colour_n not_o so_o precious_a and_o here_o you_o must_v note_v that_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o mettle_n be_v not_o of_o any_o estimation_n nor_o in_o use_n of_o money_n in_o these_o country_n but_o only_o these_o lumache_n so_o that_o neither_o with_o gold_n nor_o silver_n in_o mass_n or_o in_o coin_n you_o shall_v buy_v any_o thing_n there_o but_o with_o these_o lumache_n you_o shall_v buy_v both_o gold_n and_o silver_n or_o any_o thing_n else_o in_o this_o island_n there_o be_v 7._o or_o 8._o town_n call_v in_o that_o country_n language_n libata_fw-la the_o principal_a whereof_o be_v spirito_n sancto_fw-la santo_n and_o therein_o dwell_v the_o governor_n which_o be_v send_v from_o congo_n to_o minister_v justice_n and_o to_o gather_v the_o treasure_n of_o the_o money_n of_o these_o lumache_n here_o be_v also_o goat_n and_o sheep_n and_o boar_n in_o great_a number_n which_o be_v tame_a at_o the_o first_o do_v afterwards_o become_v wild_a and_o live_v in_o the_o wood_n here_o grow_v also_o a_o tree_n call_v enzanda_n which_o be_v a_o great_a one_o and_o always_o green_a euzanda_n and_o endue_v with_o a_o singular_a quality_n for_o from_o the_o bow_n of_o it_o that_o sprout_v upwardes_o there_o hang_v down_o certain_a thread_n as_o it_o be_v which_o creep_v into_o the_o earth_n do_v take_v root_n &_o out_o from_o these_o root_n do_v rise_v other_o tree_n &_o so_o they_o multiply_v and_o within_o the_o outmost_a bark_n thereof_o there_o grow_v a_o certain_a kind_n of_o pill_n like_o fine_a linen_n which_o be_v beat_v and_o cleanse_v they_o spread_v out_o in_o length_n and_o in_o breadth_n and_o therewith_o they_o clothe_v their_o man_n and_o woman_n that_o be_v of_o the_o base_a sort_n in_o this_o island_n they_o have_v certain_a vessel_n make_v of_o the_o body_n of_o palmtree_n boates._n join_v together_o and_o frame_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o our_o boat_n with_o a_o prow_n and_o a_o stern_a wherein_o they_o pass_v from_o place_n to_o place_n both_o with_o oar_n and_o sail_n in_o these_o boat_n they_o use_v to_o fish_v about_o the_o river_n which_o be_v indeed_o exceed_o full_a of_o fish_n and_o sometime_o also_o they_o will_v go_v over_o to_o the_o firm_a land_n in_o that_o part_n of_o this_o island_n which_o be_v towards_o the_o main_a land_n in_o certain_a low_a place_n there_o grow_v certain_a tree_n which_o when_o the_o water_n of_o the_o ocean_n eb_v discover_v themselves_o and_o at_o the_o foot_n thereof_o you_o shall_v find_v certain_a other_o shelfish_n cleave_v as_o fast_o to_o the_o tree_n as_o may_v be_v shelfish_n have_v within_o they_o a_o great_a fish_n as_o big_a as_o a_o man_n hand_n and_o very_o good_a meat_n the_o people_n of_o the_o country_n know_v they_o very_o well_o and_o call_v they_o ambiziamatare_fw-la that_o be_v to_o say_v ambiziamatare_fw-la the_o fish_n of_o the_o rock_n the_o shell_n of_o these_o fish_n they_o use_v to_o burn_v and_o thereof_o make_v very_o good_a lime_n to_o build_v withal_o and_o be_v like_o the_o cork_n or_o bark_n of_o the_o tree_n which_o be_v call_v manghi_n they_o dress_v their_o ox_n hide_v withal_o to_o make_v their_o shoe_n sole_n the_o strong_a to_o be_v brief_a this_o island_n bring_v forth_o neither_o corn_n nor_o wine_n country_n but_o there_o be_v great_a store_n of_o victual_n bring_v thither_o from_o all_o part_n thereabouts_o to_o fetch_v away_o these_o lumache_n for_o as_o in_o all_o other_o place_n all_o thing_n may_v be_v have_v for_o money_n of_o mettle_n so_o all_o thing_n here_o be_v have_v for_o lumache_n whereby_o may_v be_v note_v that_o not_o only_o here_o in_o this_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n but_o also_o in_o her_o neighbour_n ethiopia_n and_o in_o africa_n and_o in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o china_n &_o certain_a other_o of_o the_o indies_n they_o use_v money_n of_o other_o matter_n then_o of_o mettle_n that_o be_v to_o say_v neither_o gold_n nor_o silver_n nor_o copper_n nor_o any_o other_o mixture_n temper_v of_o these_o for_o in_o aethiopia_n their_o money_n be_v pepper_n and_o in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o tombutto_n which_o be_v about_o the_o river_n nigir_n otherwise_o call_v senega_n their_o money_n be_v cockle_n or_o shellfish_n and_o among_o the_o azanaghi_n their_o money_n be_v porcellette_n and_o in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o bengala_n likewise_o they_o use_v porcellette_n and_o mettle_n together_o in_o china_n they_o have_v certain_a shelfish_n call_v also_o porcellette_n which_o they_o use_v for_o their_o money_n &_o in_o other_o place_n paper_n stamp_v with_o the_o king_n seal_n and_o the_o bark_n of_o the_o tree_n call_v gelsomora_n whereby_o it_o appear_v that_o the_o money_n which_o be_v pay_v for_o every_o thing_n be_v not_o mettle_n all_o the_o world_n over_o as_o it_o be_v in_o europe_n and_o in_o many_o and_o sundry_a other_o country_n of_o the_o earth_n this_o island_n in_o the_o straight_a part_n of_o it_o be_v very_o near_o to_o the_o firm_a land_n and_o the_o people_n do_v oftentimes_o swim_v over_o the_o channel_n there_o in_o this_o strait_n there_o arise_v out_o of_o the_o ocean_n certain_a islettes_n islettes_n which_o show_v themselves_o forth_o from_o the_o water_n when_o it_o eb_v and_o be_v cover_v again_o when_o it_o flow_v and_o in_o those_o islette_n you_o shall_v see_v great_a tree_n and_o most_o excellent_a shelfish_n cleave_v fast_o to_o the_o body_n of_o they_o such_o as_o i_o tell_v you_o of_o before_o near_o to_o this_o island_n towards_o the_o outward_a coast_n to_o the_o sea_n whale_n there_o swim_v a_o innumerable_a sort_n of_o whale_n that_o look_v black_a and_o fight_v one_o with_o another_o do_v kill_v themselves_o which_o afterwards_o be_v by_o the_o wave_n cast_v up_o upon_o the_o shore_n as_o big_a as_o a_o middling_a
plant_v the_o christian_n religion_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o thereupon_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n become_v a_o christian._n after_o which_o time_n the_o lord_n of_o angola_n be_v always_o in_o amity_n and_o as_o it_o be_v a_o vassal_n of_o the_o forename_a king_n of_o congo_n and_o the_o people_n of_o both_o country_n do_v traffic_v together_o one_o with_o another_o and_o the_o lord_n of_o angola_n do_v every_o year_n send_v some_o present_n to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n and_o by_o licence_n from_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n there_o be_v a_o great_a trade_n between_o the_o portugal_n and_o the_o people_n of_o angola_n at_o the_o haven_n of_o loanda_n where_o they_o buy_v slave_n and_o change_v they_o for_o other_o merchandise_n and_o so_o transport_v all_o into_o the_o isle_n of_o sainte_n thomas_n whereby_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v that_o the_o traffic_n be_v here_o unite_v with_o the_o traffic_n of_o s._n thomas_n so_o that_o the_o ship_n do_v use_v first_o to_o arrive_v at_o that_o island_n and_o then_o afterward_o pass_v over_o to_o loanda_n and_o when_o this_o trade_n begin_v in_o process_n of_o time_n to_o increase_v they_o dispatch_v their_o ship_n from_o lisbon_n to_o angola_n of_o themselves_o and_o send_v with_o they_o a_o governor_n call_v paulo_n diaz_n of_o novais_n traffic_n to_o who_o this_o business_n do_v as_o it_o be_v of_o right_o appertain_v in_o regard_n of_o the_o good_a desert_n of_o his_o ancestor_n who_o first_o discover_v this_o traffic_n to_o this_o paulo_n diaz_n do_v don_n sebastiano_n king_n of_o portugal_n grant_v leave_n and_o authority_n to_o conquer_v portugal_n for_o the_o space_n of_o xxxiij_o league_n upwardes_o along_o the_o coast_n begin_v at_o the_o river_n coanza_n towards_o the_o south_n and_o within_o the_o land_n also_o whatsoever_o he_o can_v get_v towards_o all_o his_o charge_n for_o he_o and_o his_o heir_n with_o he_o there_o go_v many_o other_o ship_n that_o open_v and_o find_v out_o a_o great_a trade_n with_o angola_n which_o notwithstanding_o be_v direct_v to_o the_o foresay_a haven_n of_o loanda_n where_o the_o say_a ship_n do_v still_o discharge_v themselves_o and_o so_o by_o little_a &_o little_o he_o enter_v into_o the_o firm_a land_n anzelle_n &_o make_v himself_o a_o house_n in_o a_o certain_a village_n call_v anzelle_n within_o a_o mile_n near_o to_o the_o river_n coanza_n because_o it_o be_v the_o more_o commodious_a &_o nigh_a to_o the_o traffic_n of_o angola_n when_o the_o trade_n here_o begin_v thus_o to_o increase_v and_o merchandise_n be_v free_o carry_v by_o the_o portugese_n &_o the_o people_n of_o congo_n to_o cabazo_n a_o place_n belong_v to_o the_o lord_n of_o angola_n king_n and_o distant_a from_o the_o sea_n 150._o mile_n there_o to_o sell_v and_o barter_v they_o it_o please_v his_o lordship_n to_o give_v out_o order_n that_o all_o the_o merchant_n shall_v be_v slay_v and_o their_o good_n confiscate_v allege_v for_o his_o defence_n that_o they_o be_v come_v thither_o as_o spy_n and_o to_o take_v possession_n of_o his_o estate_n but_o in_o truth_n it_o be_v think_v that_o he_o do_v it_o only_o to_o gain_v all_o that_o wealth_n to_o himself_o consider_v that_o it_o be_v a_o people_n that_o do_v not_o deal_v in_o the_o habit_n of_o warrior_n but_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o merchant_n and_o this_o fall_v out_o in_o the_o same_o year_n that_o the_o king_n don_n sebastiano_n be_v discomfit_v in_o barbary_n when_o paulo_n diaz_n understand_v of_o this_o course_n he_o put_v himself_o in_o arm_n against_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n angola_n and_o with_o such_o a_o troop_n of_o portugese_n as_o he_o can_v gather_v together_o that_o be_v to_o be_v find_v in_o that_o country_n and_o with_o two_o galley_n and_o other_o vessel_n which_o he_o keep_v in_o the_o river_n coanza_n he_o go_v forward_o on_o both_o side_n of_o the_o river_n conquer_a and_o by_o force_n subdue_v many_o lord_n and_o make_v they_o his_o friend_n and_o subject_n but_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n perceive_v that_o his_o vassal_n have_v yield_v to_o the_o obedience_n of_o paulo_n diaz_n and_o that_o with_o all_o prosperous_a success_n he_o have_v gain_v much_o land_n upon_o he_o he_o assemble_v a_o great_a army_n to_o go_v against_o he_o and_o so_o utter_o to_o destroy_v he_o congo_n whereupon_o paulo_n diaz_n request_v the_o king_n of_o congo_n that_o he_o will_v succour_v he_o with_o some_o help_n to_o defend_v himself_o withal_o who_o present_o send_v unto_o he_o for_o aid_v a_o army_n of_o 60_o thousand_o man_n under_o the_o conduct_n of_o his_o cousin_n don_n sebastiano_n manibamba_n and_o another_o captain_n with_o 120._o portugal_n soldier_n that_o be_v in_o those_o country_n and_o all_o of_o his_o own_o pay_n for_o the_o achieve_v of_o this_o enterprise_n this_o army_n be_v to_o join_v with_o paulo_n diaz_n and_o so_o altogether_o to_o war_n against_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n but_o arrive_v at_o the_o shore_n where_o they_o be_v to_o pass_v over_o the_o river_n bengo_n within_o 12._o mile_n of_o loanda_n &_o where_o they_o shall_v have_v meet_v with_o many_o bark_n to_o carry_v the_o camp_n to_o the_o other_o shore_n partly_o because_o the_o say_a bark_n have_v slack_v their_o come_n &_o partly_o because_o much_o time_n will_v have_v be_v spend_v in_o transport_v so_o many_o man_n the_o whole_a army_n take_v their_o way_n quite_o over_o the_o river_n and_o so_o go_v on_o forwards_o they_o meet_v with_o the_o people_n of_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n that_o be_v ready_a to_o stop_v the_o soldier_n of_o congo_n congo_n from_o enter_v upon_o their_o country_n the_o military_a order_n of_o the_o mociconghi_n for_o by_o that_o term_n we_o do_v call_v the_o natural_a bear_v people_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n as_o we_o call_v the_o spaniard_n those_o that_o be_v natural_o bear_v in_o spain_n and_o the_o military_a order_n of_o the_o people_n of_o angola_n be_v almost_o all_o one_o for_o both_o of_o they_o do_v usual_o fight_v on_o foot_n and_o divide_v their_o army_n into_o several_a troop_n fit_v themselves_o according_a to_o the_o situation_n of_o the_o field_n where_o they_o do_v encamp_v &_o advance_v their_o ensign_n and_o banner_n in_o such_o sort_n as_o before_o be_v ed_z the_o remove_v of_o their_o army_n be_v guide_v and_o direct_v by_o certain_a several_a sound_n and_o noise_n that_o proceed_v from_o the_o captain_n general_n general_n who_o go_v into_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o army_n and_o there_o signify_v what_o be_v to_o be_v put_v in_o execution_n that_o be_v to_o say_v either_o that_o they_o shall_v join_v battle_n or_o else_o retire_v or_o put_v on_o forward_o or_o turn_v to_o the_o right_a hand_n and_o to_o the_o left_a hand_n or_o to_o perform_v any_o other_o warlike_a action_n for_o by_o these_o several_a sound_n distinct_o deliver_v from_o one_o to_o another_o they_o do_v all_o understande_v the_o commandment_n of_o their_o captain_n as_o we_o here_o among_o we_o do_v understande_v the_o pleasure_n of_o our_o general_n by_o the_o sundry_a stroke_n of_o the_o drum_n and_o the_o captain_n sound_n of_o the_o trumpet_n war_n three_o principal_a sound_n they_o have_v which_o they_o use_v in_o war_n one_o which_o be_v utter_v aloud_o by_o great_a rattle_n fasten_v in_o certain_a wooden_a case_n hollow_v out_o of_o a_o tree_n and_o cover_v with_o leather_n which_o they_o strike_v with_o certain_a little_a handle_n of_o ivory_n another_o be_v make_v by_o a_o certain_a kind_n of_o instrument_n fashion_v like_o a_o pyramid_n turn_v upwarde_o for_o the_o low_a end_n of_o it_o be_v sharp_a and_o end_v as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o point_n and_o the_o upper_a end_n wax_v broad_a &_o broad_a like_o the_o bottom_n of_o a_o triangle_n in_o such_o sort_n that_o beneath_o they_o be_v narrow_a &_o like_o a_o angle_n &_o above_o they_o be_v large_a and_o wide_o this_o instrument_n be_v make_v of_o certain_a thin_a plate_n of_o iron_n which_o be_v hollow_a and_o empty_a within_o and_o very_o like_a to_o a_o bell_n turn_v up_o side_n down_o they_o make_v they_o ring_n by_o strike_v they_o with_o wooden_a wand_n and_o oftentimes_o they_o do_v also_o crack_v they_o to_o the_o end_n that_o the_o sound_n shall_v be_v more_o harsh_a horrible_a and_o warlike_a the_o third_o instrument_n be_v frame_v of_o elephant_n tooth_n some_o great_a and_o some_o small_a hollow_a within_o and_o blow_v at_o a_o certain_a hole_n which_o they_o make_v on_o the_o side_n of_o it_o in_o manner_n of_o the_o fife_n and_o not_o aloft_o like_o the_o pipe_n these_o be_v temper_v by_o they_o in_o such_o sort_n that_o they_o yield_v as_o warlike_a and_o harmonious_a music_n as_o the_o cornet_n do_v and_o so_o pleasant_a and_o jocund_a a_o noise_n that_o it_o move_v and_o
this_o day_n you_o may_v see_v diverse_a of_o they_o that_o be_v keep_v for_o a_o marvel_n and_o because_o they_o be_v very_o rare_a the_o chief_a lord_n there_o do_v curious_o preserve_v they_o and_o suffer_v the_o people_n to_o worship_v they_o which_o tend_v great_o to_o their_o profit_n by_o reason_n of_o the_o gift_n and_o oblation_n which_o the_o people_n offer_v unto_o they_o there_o be_v there_o also_o to_o be_v find_v chameleon_n chameleon_n which_o have_v four_o foot_n and_o breed_v upon_o the_o rock_n and_o live_v of_o the_o wind_n and_o the_o air_n of_o the_o bigness_n and_o likeness_n of_o a_o eft_o with_o a_o sharp_a head_n and_o a_o tail_n like_o a_o saw_n they_o be_v for_o the_o most_o part_n of_o the_o colour_n of_o the_o sky_n but_o somewhat_o more_o dusky_a and_o greenish_a and_o if_o you_o stand_v to_o look_v a_o while_n upon_o they_o you_o shall_v see_v they_o change_v themselves_o into_o diverse_a colour_n they_o dwell_v much_o upon_o high_a rock_n and_o tree_n to_o the_o end_n they_o may_v take_v air_n wherewith_o they_o be_v nourish_v other_o serpent_n there_o be_v that_o be_v venomous_a that_o carry_v upon_o the_o tip_n of_o their_o tail_n a_o certain_a little_a roundel_n like_o a_o bell_n serpent_n which_o ring_n as_o they_o go_v so_o as_o it_o may_v be_v hear_v it_o may_v be_v it_o be_v there_o set_v by_o nature_n of_o purpose_n that_o people_n shall_v beware_v of_o they_o and_o it_o be_v find_v by_o experience_n that_o these_o bell_n and_o the_o head_n of_o the_o serpent_n be_v very_o good_a remedy_n against_o a_o ague_n and_o against_o the_o tremble_a of_o the_o hart_n these_o kind_n and_o sort_n of_o land-creature_n be_v to_o be_v find_v in_o these_o region_n beside_o other_o also_o that_o be_v common_o to_o be_v have_v in_o other_o country_n it_o rest_v now_o that_o we_o speak_v somewhat_o touch_v bird_n ostrich_n and_o first_o of_o all_o of_o the_o ostrich_n because_o it_o be_v big_a than_o all_o the_o rest_n these_o ostriche_n be_v find_v in_o those_o part_n of_o sundi_fw-la and_o of_o batta_n that_o be_v towards_o the_o muzambi_n the_o young_a ostriche_n do_v spring_v out_o of_o their_o egg_n be_v warm_v and_o disclose_v by_o the_o eye_n &_o heat_n of_o the_o sun_n their_o feather_n be_v use_v in_o steed_n of_o ensign_n and_o banner_n in_o war_n peacock_n mingle_v with_o some_o plume_n of_o the_o peacock_n and_o be_v fashion_v in_o the_o likeness_n of_o a_o shadow_n against_o the_o sun_n and_o forasmuch_o as_o i_o be_o fall_v into_o the_o speech_n of_o peacock_n i_o must_v tell_v you_o by_o the_o way_n that_o in_o the_o part_n of_o angola_n there_o be_v peacock_n bring_v up_o private_o in_o a_o certain_a wood_n that_o be_v compass_v about_o with_o wall_n and_o the_o king_n will_v not_o suffer_v any_o other_o body_n to_o keep_v those_o bird_n but_o only_o himself_o because_o they_o be_v for_o the_o royal_a ensign_n as_o i_o tell_v you_o before_o and_o it_o be_v read_v in_o ancient_a history_n of_o alexander_n the_o great_a that_o he_o do_v also_o privilege_v this_o bird_n at_o such_o time_n as_o he_o first_o see_v it_o in_o europe_n there_o be_v also_o indie-cocke_n and_o hen_n and_o goose_n and_o duck_n of_o all_o sort_n both_o wild_a and_o tame_a sort_n partridge_n so_o many_o as_o child_n take_v they_o with_o begin_v other_o bird_n they_o have_v likewise_o as_o pheasant_n which_o they_o call_v gallignole_n pigeon_n prey_n turtle_n and_o of_o these_o small_a bird_n call_v becca_n fichi_fw-la a_o infinite_a number_n bird_n of_o prey_n as_o eagles-royal_a falcon_n gerfaulcon_n and_o spar-hawk_n and_o other_o great_a store_n which_o notwithstanding_o the_o people_n never_o use_v to_o hawk_n withal_o bird_n of_o the_o sea_n as_o pelican_n for_o so_o the_o portugal_n do_v call_v they_o white_a and_o great_a sea_n which_o swim_v under_o the_o water_n and_o have_v their_o throat_n so_o wide_o that_o they_o will_v swallow_v a_o whole_a fish_n at_o once_o this_o bird_n have_v so_o good_a a_o stomach_n and_o natural_o so_o hot_a that_o it_o easy_o dige_v the_o fish_n that_o it_o swallow_v whole_a and_o the_o skin_n of_o it_o be_v so_o hot_a that_o the_o people_n of_o that_o country_n do_v use_v to_o wear_v they_o and_o to_o warm_v their_o cold_a stomach_n withal_o and_o therefore_o make_v great_a reckon_n of_o they_o there_o be_v many_o white_a heron_n and_o grey_a bittern_n foul_a that_o feed_v in_o the_o wash_v there_o and_o be_v call_v royal_a bird_n other_o fowl_n there_o be_v of_o the_o likeness_n of_o a_o crane_n with_o a_o red_a bill_n and_o red_a foot_n as_o big_a as_o stork_n and_o their_o feather_n for_o the_o most_o part_n red_a and_o white_a and_o some_o dark_a grey_a goodly_a bird_n they_o be_v to_o look_v too_o and_o the_o people_n of_o the_o country_n do_v call_v they_o flemminge_n because_o they_o do_v much_o resemble_v they_o and_o be_v good_a meat_n to_o eat_v they_o have_v parrot_n of_o gray_a colour_n music_n great_a and_o very_o talkative_a &_o other_o of_o green_a colour_n but_o they_o be_v little_a one_o &_o not_o so_o talkative_a they_o have_v likewise_o certain_a small_a little_a bird_n which_o they_o call_v bird_n of_o music_n and_o yet_o great_a they_o the_o canary_n bird_n of_o feather_n &_o bill_n red_a some_o green_a with_o their_o foot_n &_o bill_n only_o black_a some_o all_o white_a some_o gray_a or_o dun_a some_o all_o black_a and_o this_o kind_n be_v more_o sweet_a in_o their_o note_n then_o all_o the_o rest_n aforenamed_a for_o you_o will_v think_v that_o they_o talk_v in_o their_o sing_n other_o there_o be_v of_o diverse_a colour_n but_o they_o do_v all_o sing_v in_o sundry_a sort_n so_o that_o the_o chief_a lord_n of_o those_o country_n from_o ancient_a time_n to_o this_o day_n have_v continual_o keep_v they_o in_o cage_n and_o great_o esteem_v they_o for_o their_o song_n chap._n 10._o of_o the_o province_n of_o sogno_fw-it which_o be_v the_o country_n of_o the_o river_n zaire_n and_o loango_n this_o country_n be_v bound_v with_o the_o river_n ambrize_n thereof_o towards_o the_o north_n in_o seven_o degree_n and_o a_o half_a and_o so_o traverse_v the_o river_n lelunda_fw-la and_o the_o river_n zaire_n it_o end_v at_o the_o rock_n call_v barreuras_n vermellias_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o red_a pit_n which_o be_v in_o the_o border_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o loango_n in_o the_o midst_n of_o this_o province_n there_o be_v a_o certain_a territory_n province_n call_v by_o the_o same_o name_n sogno_fw-it where_o the_o governor_n of_o the_o country_n dwell_v the_o chief_a lord_n that_o rule_v this_o province_n be_v call_v mani-sogno_a that_o be_v prince_n of_o sogno_fw-it and_o be_v common_o of_o the_o blood_n royal_a the_o prince_n that_o govern_v there_o at_o this_o day_n be_v call_v don_n diego_n mani-sogno_a he_o have_v under_o his_o dominion_n many_o other_o petty_a lord_n he_o &_o other_o province_n that_o in_o old_a time_n be_v free_a and_o live_v by_o themselves_o as_o the_o people_n of_o mombalas_n situate_v somewhat_o near_o to_o the_o city_n of_o congo_n which_o be_v now_o subject_a to_o this_o government_n and_o on_o the_o other_o side_n of_o the_o river_n zaire_n towards_o the_o north_n be_v the_o province_n of_o palmar_n that_o be_v to_o say_v of_o palm_n because_o there_o be_v great_a store_n of_o palm_n tree_n grow_v therein_o other_o lord_n there_o be_v that_o border_n upon_o the_o king_n of_o loango_n who_o be_v sometime_o subject_a to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n but_o in_o process_n of_o time_n he_o become_v a_o free_a lord_n and_o now_o profess_v himself_o to_o be_v in_o amity_n with_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n but_o not_o to_o be_v this_o vassal_n the_o people_n that_o be_v under_o these_o lord_n in_o those_o border_n be_v call_v the_o bramas_n and_o they_o reach_v within_o land_n bramas_n under_o the_o equinoctial_a line_n towards_o the_o east_n to_o the_o bound_n of_o anzicana_n all_o along_o the_o mountain_n which_o divide_v they_o from_o the_o anzichi_n upon_o the_o north._n they_o be_v call_v by_o the_o people_n of_o loango_n congreamolal_n because_o they_o be_v subject_a to_o congo_n in_o this_o country_n of_o loango_n there_o be_v many_o elephant_n and_o great_a store_n of_o ivory_n which_o they_o do_v willing_o exchange_v for_o a_o little_a iron_n sogno_fw-it so_o that_o for_o the_o nail_n of_o a_o ship_n be_v it_o never_o so_o small_a they_o will_v give_v a_o whole_a elephants_n tooth_n the_n reason_n thereof_o be_v either_o because_o there_o grow_v no_o iron_n in_o that_o place_n or_o else_o they_o have_v not_o the_o skill_n to_o get_v it_o out_o of_o the_o mine_n where_o it_o grow_v but_o all_o the_o iron_n they_o can_v get_v they_o employ_v for_o head_v of_o their_o
arrow_n and_o their_o other_o weapon_n as_o we_o tell_v you_o when_o we_o speak_v of_o the_o bramas_n they_o make_v great_a store_n of_o cloth_n of_o the_o palm_n tree_n inhabitant_n whereof_o we_o make_v mention_v before_o but_o these_o be_v lesser_a and_o yet_o very_o fine_a they_o have_v great_a abundance_n of_o kine_n and_o of_o other_o cattle_n before_o name_v they_o be_v in_o religion_n pagan_n their_o apparel_n after_o the_o fashion_n of_o the_o people_n of_o congo_n they_o maintain_v war_n with_o their_o border_a neighbour_n which_o be_v the_o anzichi_n and_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o anzicana_n &_o when_o they_o enterprise_n war_n against_o the_o anzichi_n than_o they_o crave_v aid_n of_o the_o people_n of_o congo_n and_o so_o they_o remain_v half_a in_o freedom_n and_o half_a in_o danger_n of_o other_o they_o worship_v what_o they_o listen_v and_o hold_v the_o sun_n for_o the_o great_a god_n as_o though_o it_o be_v a_o man_n and_o the_o moon_n next_o as_o though_o it_o be_v a_o woman_n otherwise_o every_o man_n choose_v to_o himself_o his_o own_o idol_n and_o worship_v it_o after_o his_o own_o pleasure_n these_o people_n will_v easy_o embrace_v the_o christian_a religion_n for_o many_o of_o they_o that_o dwell_v upon_o the_o border_n of_o congo_n have_v be_v convert_v to_o christendom_n and_o the_o rest_n for_o want_v of_o priest_n and_o of_o such_o as_o shall_v instruct_v they_o in_o true_a religion_n do_v remain_v still_o in_o their_o blindness_n chap._n 11._o of_o the_o three_o province_n call_v sundi_fw-la this_o province_n of_o sundi_fw-la be_v the_o near_a of_o all_o to_o the_o city_n of_o congo_n call_v citta_o di_fw-mi san-saluatore_a thereof_o the_o city_n of_o saint_n saviour_n and_o begin_v about_o 40._o mile_n distant_a from_o it_o and_o quite_o out_o of_o the_o territory_n thereof_o and_o reach_v to_o the_o river_n zaire_n and_o so_o over_o the_o same_o to_o the_o other_o side_n where_o the_o caduta_fw-mi or_o fall_n be_v which_o we_o mention_v before_o and_o then_o hold_v on_o upwardes_o on_o both_o side_n towards_o the_o north_n border_v upon_o anzicana_n and_o the_o anzichi_n towards_o the_o south_n it_o go_v along_o the_o say_a river_n zaire_n until_o you_o come_v to_o the_o meeting_n of_o it_o with_o the_o river_n bancare_n and_o all_o along_o the_o bank_n thereof_o even_o to_o the_o root_n of_o the_o mountain_n of_o crystal_n sundi_fw-la in_o the_o bound_n of_o the_o province_n of_o pango_fw-la it_o have_v her_o principal_a territory_n where_o the_o governor_n lie_v who_o have_v his_o name_n from_o the_o province_n of_o sundi_fw-la and_o be_v seat_v about_o a_o day_n journey_n near_o to_o the_o fall_n of_o the_o river_n towards_o the_o south_n this_o province_n be_v the_o chief_a of_o all_o the_o rest_n congo_n and_o as_o it_o be_v the_o patrimony_n of_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v always_o govern_v by_o the_o king_n elder_a son_n and_o by_o those_o prince_n that_o be_v to_o succeed_v he_o as_o it_o fall_v out_o in_o the_o time_n of_o their_o first_o christian_a king_n that_o be_v call_v don_n john_n who_o elder_a son_n that_o be_v governor_n here_o succeed_v he_o and_o be_v call_v don_n alfonso_n and_o ever_o sithence_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n have_v successive_o continue_v this_o custom_n to_o consign_v this_o government_n to_o those_o prince_n which_o be_v to_o succeed_v in_o the_o kingdom_n as_o do_v the_o king_n that_o now_o be_v call_v don_n alvaro_n who_o be_v in_o this_o government_n before_o don_n alvaro_n the_o king_n his_o father_n die_v 〈…〉_o and_o be_v call_v mani-sundi_a and_o here_o by_o the_o way_n you_o must_v note_v that_o in_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n there_o be_v not_o any_o person_n that_o possess_v any_o proper_a good_n of_o his_o own_o whereof_o he_o may_v dispose_v and_o leave_v to_o his_o heir_n but_o all_o be_v the_o king_n &_o he_o distribute_v all_o office_n all_o good_n and_o all_o land_n to_o whosoever_o it_o please_v he_o yea_o and_o to_o this_o law_n even_o the_o king_n own_o son_n be_v subject_a so_o that_o if_o any_o man_n do_v not_o pay_v his_o tribute_n yearly_a as_o he_o ought_v the_o king_n take_v away_o his_o government_n from_o he_o and_o give_v it_o to_o another_o as_o it_o happen_v to_o the_o king_n that_o now_o live_v who_o at_o the_o time_n that_o signior_n odoardo_n be_v at_o the_o court_n be_v of_o his_o own_o nature_n very_o liberal_a and_o bountiful_a beyond_o measure_n and_o one_o that_o bestow_v much_o upon_o his_o servant_n can_v not_o discharge_v those_o imposition_n that_o the_o king_n have_v lay_v on_o he_o whereupon_o he_o be_v by_o the_o king_n deprive_v of_o his_o revenue_n of_o his_o government_n and_o of_o his_o royal_a favour_n that_o be_v to_o say_v in_o that_o language_n he_o be_v tombocado_n as_o we_o will_v declare_v more_o at_o full_a in_o the_o second_o part_n of_o this_o discourse_n many_o lord_n there_o be_v that_o be_v subject_a to_o the_o governor_n or_o sundi_fw-la the_o people_n do_v traffic_n with_o their_o neighbour_n country_n inhabitant_n fell_v and_o barter_v diverse_a thing_n as_o for_o example_n fault_n &_o clothes_n of_o sundry_a colour_n bring_v from_o the_o indies_n and_o from_o portugal_n and_o lumaâ—â—â—â—â—_n to_o serve_v for_o their_o coin_n and_o for_o these_o commodity_n they_o do_v exchange_v cloth_n of_o palm_n tree_n and_o ivory_n and_o the_o skin_n of_o sable_n and_o martern_n and_o certain_a girdle_n wrought_v of_o the_o leaf_n of_o palm_n tree_n which_o be_v great_o esteem_v in_o those_o part_n there_o grow_v in_o these_o country_n great_a store_n of_o crystal_n and_o diverse_a kind_n of_o mettle_n but_o iron_n they_o love_v above_o all_o the_o rest_n say_v that_o the_o other_o metal_n be_v to_o no_o use_n for_o with_o iron_n they_o can_v make_v knife_n and_o weapon_n and_o hatcher_n and_o such_o like_a instrument_n that_o be_v necessary_a and_o profitable_a for_o the_o use_n of_o man_n nature_n chap._n 12._o of_o the_o four_o province_n call_v pango_fw-la the_o province_n of_o pango_fw-la in_o ancient_a time_n be_v a_o free_a kingdom_n thereof_o that_o be_v govern_v of_o itself_o &_o border_v on_o the_o north_n upon_o sundi_fw-la on_o the_o south_n upon_o batta_n on_o the_o west_n upon_o the_o county_n of_o congo_n and_o on_o the_o east_n upon_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o sun_n the_o principal_a territory_n province_n where_o the_o governors_n dwelling_n be_v have_v the_o same_o name_n that_o the_o province_n have_v viz._n pango_fw-la it_o stand_v upon_o the_o western_a side_n of_o the_o river_n barbela_n and_o in_o old_a time_n be_v call_v pangue-lungos_a and_o in_o time_n afterwards_o the_o word_n be_v corrupt_v and_o change_v into_o pango_fw-la through_o the_o midst_n of_o this_o province_n run_v the_o river_n berbela_n which_o fetch_v his_o original_n from_o the_o great_a lake_n whence_o the_o river_n nilus_n also_o take_v his_o beginning_n and_o from_o another_o lesser_a lake_n call_v achelunda_fw-la and_o so_o discharge_v itself_o into_o zaire_n and_o although_o this_o be_v the_o least_o country_n of_o all_o the_o rest_n yet_o do_v it_o yield_v no_o less_o tribute_n than_o the_o rest_n this_o province_n be_v conquer_v after_o the_o country_n of_o sundi_fw-la and_o make_v subject_a to_o the_o prince_n of_o congo_n and_o be_v now_o all_o one_o with_o it_o both_o in_o speech_n and_o manner_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o difference_n at_o all_o between_o they_o pango_fw-la the_o present_a governor_n thereof_o be_v call_v don_n francisco_n mani-pango_a and_o be_v descend_v from_o the_o most_o ancient_a nobility_n of_o all_o the_o lord_n of_o congo_n and_o in_o all_o consultation_n touch_v the_o state_n he_o be_v send_v for_o because_o he_o be_v now_o a_o old_a man_n and_o of_o great_a wisdom_n for_o he_o have_v remain_v in_o the_o government_n of_o this_o region_n for_o the_o space_n of_o fifty_o year_n and_o no_o man_n ever_o complain_v of_o he_o neither_o do_v the_o king_n at_o any_o time_n take_v his_o government_n from_o he_o the_o traffic_n of_o this_o province_n be_v like_o the_o traffic_n of_o sundi_fw-la chap._n 13._o of_o the_o five_o province_n call_v batta_n the_o bound_n of_o this_o province_n be_v towards_o the_o north_n thereof_o the_o country_n of_o pango_fw-la on_o the_o east_n it_o take_v quite_o over_o the_o river_n barbela_n and_o reach_v to_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o to_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o mountain_n of_o sal-nitre_a and_o on_o the_o south_n from_o the_o say_a mountain_n by_o a_o line_n pass_v through_o the_o meeting_n of_o the_o river_n barbela_n and_o cacinga_n to_o the_o mountain_n brusciato_n that_o be_v to_o say_v scorch_v within_o these_o bound_n be_v batta_n contain_v batta_n and_o the_o principal_a city_n where_o the_o prince_n dwell_v
be_v likewise_o call_v batta_n in_o ancient_a time_n it_o be_v call_v aghirimba_n but_o afterwards_o the_o word_n be_v corrupt_v and_o it_o be_v now_o call_v batta_n it_o be_v in_o old_a time_n a_o very_a strong_a and_o a_o great_a kingdom_n &_o voluntary_o of_o itself_o without_o any_o war_n it_o join_v itself_o with_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n peradventure_o because_o there_o be_v some_o dissension_n among_o their_o lord_n batta_n and_o therefore_o it_o have_v more_o pre-eminence_n than_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o province_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n in_o privilege_n and_o liberty_n for_o the_o government_n of_o batta_n be_v always_o assign_v to_o one_o that_o be_v of_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o king_n of_o that_o country_n at_o their_o choice_n and_o pleasure_n have_v no_o more_o respect_n to_o one_o then_o to_o another_o so_o that_o he_o be_v of_o the_o stock_n and_o blood_n royal_a neither_o to_o the_o elder_a son_n nor_o to_o the_o second_o neither_o yet_o go_v this_o government_n by_o inheritance_n but_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n as_o be_v tell_v you_o before_o do_v dispose_v it_o at_o his_o own_o pleasure_n to_o who_o he_o think_v best_o to_o the_o end_n they_o shall_v not_o usurp_v it_o by_o way_n of_o succession_n or_o by_o rebellion_n he_o dwell_v near_o the_o king_n than_o any_o other_o governor_n or_o lord_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n &_o be_v the_o second_o person_n therein_o neither_o may_v any_o man_n gainsay_v his_o argument_n &_o reason_n as_o they_o may_v any_o of_o the_o rest_n for_o it_o be_v so_o decree_v among_o they_o now_o if_o the_o line_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n shall_v chance_v to_o fail_v so_o that_o there_o be_v none_o of_o that_o blood_n to_o succeed_v batta_n the_o succession_n shall_v fall_v upon_o the_o governor_n of_o batta_n he_o that_o now_o govern_v there_o be_v call_v don_n pedro_n mani-batta_a sometime_o he_o eat_v at_o the_o king_n own_o table_n but_o yet_o in_o a_o base_a seat_n than_o the_o king_n seat_n be_v and_o that_o also_o not_o sit_v but_o stand_v which_o be_v not_o grant_v to_o any_o other_o lord_n of_o congo_n no_o nor_o to_o the_o son_n of_o the_o king_n himself_o his_o court_n and_o his_o train_n be_v little_o less_o than_o the_o court_n &_o train_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n for_o he_o have_v trumpet_n and_n drum_n and_o other_o instrument_n go_v before_o he_o as_o become_v a_o prince_n and_o by_o the_o portugal_n he_o be_v common_o call_v the_o prince_n of_o batta_n because_o as_o it_o be_v say_v if_o the_o succession_n shall_v fail_v in_o the_o blood_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n the_o empire_n of_o the_o whole_a kingdom_n must_v light_v upon_o some_o one_o of_o this_o stock_n he_o do_v hold_v continual_a war_n with_o the_o pagan_n that_o border_n upon_o he_o and_o he_o be_v able_a to_o gather_v together_o about_o 70._o or_o 80._o thousand_o fight_a man_n and_o because_o he_o do_v still_o maintain_v war_n with_o the_o people_n that_o be_v next_o he_o harquebus_n he_o have_v liberty_n grant_v unto_o he_o to_o entertain_v arcubusier_n that_o shall_v be_v of_o his_o own_o natural_a subject_n for_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n will_v not_o suffer_v any_o other_o governor_n of_o any_o other_o province_n nor_o any_o of_o their_o child_n to_o have_v any_o arcubusier_n that_o be_v bear_v within_o their_o country_n but_o only_o the_o portugal_n signior_n odoardo_n demand_v once_o of_o the_o king_n why_o he_o do_v not_o give_v leave_n to_o his_o other_o governor_n to_o retain_v shoot_v about_o they_o the_o king_n answer_v that_o if_o peradventure_o they_o shall_v rebel_v against_o he_o with_o a_o thousand_o or_o two_o thousand_o arcubusier_n he_o shall_v not_o have_v any_o possibility_n to_o make_v they_o resistance_n and_o forasmuch_o as_o we_o have_v tell_v you_o province_n that_o the_o king_n have_v grant_v licence_n only_o to_o the_o prince_n of_o batta_n to_o entertain_v arcubusier_n in_o his_o own_o country_n it_o be_v fit_v you_o shall_v understand_v that_o he_o do_v it_o upon_o very_o necessary_a occasion_n for_o towards_o the_o east_n of_o batta_n beyond_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o sun_n and_o of_o sal-nitre_a upon_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o east_n and_o west_n of_o the_o river_n nilus_n &_o in_o the_o border_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o mohenhe-muge_n there_o live_v a_o nation_n giacâ—â—â—_n which_o by_o the_o people_n of_o congo_n be_v call_v giaquas_fw-la but_o in_o their_o own_o language_n they_o be_v call_v agag_n very_o fierce_a they_o be_v and_o warlike_a much_o give_v to_o fight_v and_o pillage_n and_o make_v continual_a inroad_n into_o the_o country_n near_o adjoin_v and_o sometime_o among_o the_o rest_n into_o the_o province_n of_o batta_n so_o that_o this_o country_n must_v needs_o be_v in_o continual_a arm_n and_o stand_v upon_o good_a guard_n and_o maintain_v arcubusier_n to_o defend_v themselves_o from_o they_o the_o prince_n of_o batta_n have_v many_o lord_n under_o he_o and_o the_o natural_a people_n of_o this_o province_n be_v call_v monsobos_n batta_n and_o their_o language_n be_v well_o understand_v by_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o congo_n they_o be_v far_o more_o rude_a and_o rustical_a than_o the_o mociconghi_a and_o the_o slave_n that_o be_v bring_v from_o thence_o do_v prove_v more_o obstinate_a and_o stubborn_a than_o those_o that_o come_v from_o other_o country_n their_o traffic_n be_v the_o same_o that_o the_o traffic_n of_o the_o other_o country_n be_v traffic_n whereof_o we_o have_v last_o entreat_v and_o the_o profit_n which_o the_o king_n receyve_v from_o batta_n amount_v to_o double_v much_o as_o he_o receive_v out_o of_o any_o two_o of_o the_o other_o province_n before_o mention_v chap._n 14._o of_o the_o sixth_o and_o last_o province_n call_v pemba_n the_o province_n of_o pemba_n be_v seat_v in_o the_o heart_n and_o middle_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n thereof_o compass_v and_o comprise_v within_o the_o bound_n before_o describe_v who_o goveruernour_n be_v call_v don_n antonio_n mani-pemba_a pemba_n second_o son_n to_o king_n don_n alvaro_n that_o dead_a be_v and_o brother_n to_o the_o king_n that_o reign_v at_o this_o present_a and_o forasmuch_o as_o his_o father_n do_v love_v he_o dear_o he_o assign_v unto_o he_o this_o government_n because_o he_o know_v not_o what_o better_a thing_n to_o give_v he_o save_v the_o realm_n itself_o which_o in_o deed_n he_o will_v willing_o have_v bestow_v on_o he_o for_o that_o he_o be_v more_o like_a unto_o he_o in_o quality_n &_o nature_n then_o his_o elder_a son_n be_v but_o it_o will_v not_o be_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o law_n of_o the_o kingdom_n which_o will_v not_o have_v yield_v thereunto_o this_o country_n be_v the_o very_a centre_n and_o midst_n of_o all_o the_o state_n of_o congo_n and_o the_o original_n of_o all_o the_o ancient_a king_n and_o the_o territory_n where_o they_o be_v bear_v and_o the_o chief_a and_o principal_a seat_n of_o all_o the_o other_o province_n and_o principality_n and_o therefore_o the_o chief_a and_o royal_a city_n of_o all_o that_o empire_n be_v assign_v to_o this_o province_n pemba_n whereof_o we_o will_v hereafter_o deliver_v you_o a_o full_a information_n the_o governor_n of_o pemba_n dwell_v in_o a_o territory_n of_o the_o same_o name_n situate_v at_o the_o foot_n of_o the_o scorch_v mountain_n along_o the_o river_n loze_n which_o rise_v out_o of_o the_o lake_n and_o run_v through_o the_o region_n of_o bamba_n into_o the_o sea_n the_o courtier_n and_o lord_n and_o servitor_n belong_v to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n pemba_n have_v their_o good_n and_o possession_n and_o revenue_n in_o this_o province_n because_o it_o be_v near_a to_o the_o court_n &_o very_o convenient_a for_o the_o convey_n of_o their_o victual_n and_o their_o other_o stuff_n unto_o the_o court_n some_o of_o these_o lord_n in_o that_o part_n special_o that_o border_v upon_o the_o aforesaid_a province_n of_o bamba_n have_v much_o a_o do_v to_o keep_v fight_n and_o defend_v themselves_o from_o the_o people_n of_o quizama_n because_o they_o be_v near_o unto_o they_o for_o this_o people_n as_o we_o tell_v you_o do_v rebel_n against_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n and_o revolt_v from_o he_o and_o do_v profess_v that_o they_o will_v be_v at_o liberty_n and_o govern_v of_o themselves_o and_o here_o will_v we_o end_v the_o first_o book_n book_n which_o consist_v of_o the_o description_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n in_o general_a and_o of_o his_o border_n and_o in_o particular_a of_o all_o the_o six_o province_n thereof_o now_o it_o remain_v that_o we_o proceed_v forward_o to_o the_o second_o book_n book_n wherein_o we_o will_v treat_v of_o the_o situation_n of_o the_o city_n of_o congo_n and_o of_o the_o territory_n thereunto_o belong_v of_o the_o first_o christen_n of_o the_o king_n
of_o his_o manner_n of_o his_o court_n and_o of_o other_o condition_n appertain_v to_o the_o politic_a and_o military_a government_n of_o these_o people_n and_o afterward_o we_o will_v describe_v unto_o you_o the_o kingdom_n near_o adjoin_v and_o all_o the_o region_n thereabouts_o towards_o the_o south_n even_o till_o you_o come_v to_o the_o cape_n of_o good_a hope_n and_o the_o river_n and_o country_n of_o the_o ocean_n that_o be_v right_a against_o india_n and_o within_o land_n the_o kingdom_n of_o presbyter_n john_n touch_v also_o by_o the_o way_n the_o spring_n and_o original_n of_o nilus_n and_o the_o cause_n of_o his_o wonderful_a increase_n which_o sundry_a fool_n do_v account_v to_o be_v a_o miracle_n the_o second_o book_n chap._n 1._o of_o the_o situation_n of_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n although_o the_o chief_a and_o royal_a city_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n be_v after_o a_o sort_n comprehend_v within_o the_o province_n of_o pemba_n about_o yet_o notwithstanding_o forasmuch_o as_o the_o government_n thereof_o and_o the_o territory_n thereunto_o belong_v which_o may_v in_o compass_n amount_v to_o the_o space_n of_o twenty_o mile_n about_o do_v depend_v whole_o of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n himself_o we_o will_v place_v it_o in_o a_o several_a regiment_n and_o entreat_v of_o it_o by_o itself_o this_o city_n be_v call_v san_n saluatore_fw-la san-saluadore_a or_o saint_n saviour_n and_o in_o time_n pass_v in_o that_o country_n language_n it_o be_v call_v banza_n which_o general_o signify_v the_o court_n where_o the_o king_n or_o the_o governor_n do_v ordinary_o sojourn_v city_n it_o be_v seat_v about_o 150._o mile_n from_o the_o sea_n upon_o a_o great_a and_o a_o high_a mountain_n be_v almost_o all_o of_o a_o rock_n but_o yet_o have_v a_o vein_n of_o iron_n in_o it_o whereof_o they_o have_v great_a use_n in_o their_o house_n this_o mountain_n have_v in_o the_o top_n of_o it_o a_o great_a plain_n stand_v very_o well_o manure_v and_o furnish_v with_o house_n and_o village_n contain_v in_o circuit_n about_o ten_o mile_n where_o there_o do_v dwell_v and_o live_v the_o number_n of_o a_o hundred_o thousand_o person_n the_o soil_n be_v fruitful_a cattle_n and_o the_o air_n fresh_a wholesome_a and_o pure_a there_o be_v great_a store_n of_o springe_n of_o indifferent_a good_a water_n to_o drink_v and_o at_o certain_a time_n do_v not_o harm_v any_o man_n and_o of_o all_o sort_n of_o cattle_n great_a abundance_n the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n be_v sever_v and_o distinguish_v from_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o hill_n which_o be_v about_o it_o and_o therefore_o the_o portugal_n do_v call_v it_o the_o otheiro_n otheiro_n that_o be_v to_o say_v a_o view_n or_o a_o watch_n tower_n or_o a_o singular_a height_n from_o whence_o you_o may_v take_v a_o sight_n of_o all_o the_o champaign_n round_o about_o only_o towards_o the_o east_n and_o towards_o the_o river_n it_o be_v very_o steep_a and_o rocky_a for_o two_o cause_n do_v the_o first_o prince_n of_o this_o kingdom_n place_n this_o habitation_n in_o the_o foresay_a height_n of_o this_o mountain_n place_n first_o because_o it_o lie_v in_o the_o very_a midst_n and_o as_o it_o be_v in_o the_o centre_n of_o all_o the_o realm_n from_o whence_o he_o may_v present_o send_v aid_n to_o any_o part_n of_o his_o kingdom_n that_o may_v stand_v in_o need_n of_o relief_n &_o second_o because_o it_o be_v situate_v in_o a_o territory_n that_o be_v by_o nature_n mount_v aloft_o have_v a_o very_a good_a air_n and_o of_o great_a safety_n for_o it_o can_v be_v force_v by_o the_o chief_a common_a high_a way_n that_o go_v up_o to_o the_o city_n and_o look_v towards_o the_o sea_n be_v distant_a from_o thence_o 150._o miles_n as_o have_v be_v tell_v you_o which_o way_n be_v very_o large_a and_o competent_a though_o it_o go_v somewhat_o about_o encompass_v you_o shall_v ascend_v five_a miles_n from_o the_o bottom_n to_o the_o top_n of_o the_o mountain_n top_n at_o the_o foot_n thereof_o on_o the_o east_n side_n there_o run_v a_o river_n whereunto_o the_o woman_n do_v descend_v by_o the_o space_n of_o a_o mile_n walk_v to_o wash_v their_o clothes_n foot_n in_o diverse_a other_o part_n thereof_o there_o be_v sundry_a valley_n plant_v &_o manure_v neither_o do_v they_o suffer_v any_o part_n of_o the_o country_n thereabouts_o to_o be_v leave_v untilled_a or_o unused_a because_o it_o be_v the_o country_n where_o the_o court_n remain_v the_o city_n be_v seat_v in_o a_o corner_n or_o angle_n of_o the_o hill_n towards_o the_o southeast_n city_n which_o don_n alfonso_n the_o first_o christian_n king_n do_v compass_v about_o with_o wall_n and_o give_v unto_o the_o portugal_n a_o several_a place_n for_o themselves_o portugal_n shut_v up_o likewise_o within_o wall_n then_o do_v he_o also_o enclose_v his_o own_o palace_n and_o the_o king_n howsen_fw-mi with_o another_o wall_n and_o in_o the_o midst_n between_o these_o two_o enclosure_n leave_v a_o great_a space_n of_o ground_n where_o the_o principal_a church_n be_v build_v place_n with_o a_o fair_a market_n place_n before_o it_o the_o door_n and_o gate_n aswell_o of_o the_o lodging_n of_o the_o lord_n as_o of_o the_o portugal_n inhabitation_n do_v open_a on_o the_o side_n of_o the_o say_a church_n for_o in_o the_o uppermost_a end_n of_o the_o market_n place_n do_v diverse_a great_a lord_n of_o the_o court_n dwell_v and_o behind_o the_o church_n do_v the_o market_n place_v run_v into_o a_o narrow_a street_n where_o there_o be_v also_o a_o gate_n and_o beyond_o that_o gate_n many_o house_n towards_o the_o east_n without_o these_o wall_n which_o do_v enclose_v the_o king_n house_n and_o the_o city_n of_o the_o portugal_n there_o be_v a_o number_n of_o other_o building_n erect_v by_o diverse_a lord_n every_o man_n make_v his_o several_a choice_n of_o the_o place_n which_o he_o think_v most_o fit_a &_o convenient_a for_o his_o dwell_n near_o unto_o the_o court_n so_o that_o the_o greatness_n of_o this_o city_n can_v well_o be_v determine_v or_o limit_v beyond_o these_o wall_n also_o that_o thus_o do_v compass_v this_o city_n there_o be_v a_o great_a champagne_n plain_a full_a of_o village_n and_o sundry_a palace_n where_o every_o lord_n possess_v as_o it_o be_v a_o whole_a town_n within_o himself_o the_o circuit_n of_o the_o portugal_n city_n contain_v about_o a_o mile_n and_o the_o king_n house_n as_o much_o the_o wall_n be_v very_o thick_a the_o gate_n be_v not_o shut_v in_o the_o night_n time_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o watch_n or_o ward_v keep_v therein_o and_o although_o that_o plain_n do_v lie_v very_o high_a &_o aloft_o water_n yet_o be_v there_o great_a abundance_n of_o water_n in_o it_o so_o that_o there_o be_v no_o want_n thereof_o but_o the_o court_n and_o the_o portugal_n city_n do_v all_o drink_n of_o a_o certain_a fountain_n that_o spring_v continual_o towards_o the_o north_n and_o lie_v down_o the_o hill_n as_o far_o as_o a_o gun_n will_v shoot_v and_o from_o hence_o they_o do_v fetch_v all_o their_o water_n and_o bring_v it_o to_o the_o city_n in_o vessel_n of_o wood_n of_o earth_n and_o of_o leather_n upon_o the_o back_n of_o their_o slave_n all_o this_o plain_n be_v very_o fruitful_a grain_n and_o well_o manure_v it_o have_v meadow_n full_a of_o grass_n and_o tree_n that_o be_v always_o green_a it_o bear_v sundry_a sort_n of_o grain_n but_o the_o principal_a and_o best_a of_o all_o be_v call_v luco_n luco_n which_o be_v very_o like_a to_o mustardseed_n but_o that_o it_o be_v somewhat_o big_a when_o it_o be_v grind_v with_o hand-querns_a for_o so_o they_o use_v to_o do_v it_o yield_v a_o very_a white_a meal_n whereof_o they_o make_v bread_n that_o be_v both_o white_a and_o also_o of_o a_o very_a good_a savour_n and_o wholesome_a withal_o neither_o do_v it_o give_v place_n to_o our_o wheat_n in_o any_o sort_n save_v that_o they_o do_v not_o celebrate_v the_o sacrament_n with_o it_o of_o these_o grain_n there_o now_o be_v great_a store_n over_o all_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n but_o it_o be_v not_o long_o since_o that_o this_o seed_n be_v bring_v thither_o from_o that_o part_n of_o the_o river_n nilus_n where_o it_o fall_v into_o the_o second_o lake_n congo_n there_o be_v also_o a_o white_a kind_n of_o millet_n call_v the_o mazza_n of_o congo_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o corn_n of_o congo_n and_o another_o grain_n which_o they_o call_v maiz_n maiz_n but_o they_o make_v no_o account_n of_o it_o for_o they_o give_v it_o to_o their_o hog_n neither_o do_v they_o great_o esteem_v of_o rice_n the_o foresay_a maiz_n they_o common_o term_v by_o the_o name_n of_o mazza-manputo_a that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o portugal_n corn_n for_o they_o call_v a_o portugal_n manputo_n there_o be_v moreover_o
country_n but_o the_o portugal_n tell_v they_o that_o they_o be_v man_n as_o themselves_o be_v and_o professor_n of_o christianity_n and_o when_o they_o perceyve_v in_o how_o great_a estimation_n the_o people_n hold_v they_o the_o foresay_a priest_n &_o other_o begin_v to_o reason_n with_o the_o prince_n touch_v the_o christian_a religion_n and_o to_o show_v unto_o they_o the_o error_n of_o the_o pagan_a superstition_n christian._n and_o by_o little_a and_o little_a to_o teach_v they_o the_o faith_n which_o we_o profess_v insomuch_o as_o that_o which_o the_o portugal_n speak_v unto_o they_o great_o please_v the_o prince_n and_o so_o he_o become_v convert_v with_o this_o confidence_n and_o good_a spirit_n the_o prince_n of_o sogno_fw-it go_v to_o the_o court_n to_o inform_v the_o king_n of_o the_o true_a doctrine_n of_o the_o christian_a portugal_n and_o to_o encourage_v he_o that_o he_o will_v embrace_v the_o christian_a religion_n which_o be_v so_o manifest_a and_o also_o so_o wholesome_a for_o his_o soul_n health_n hereupon_o the_o king_n command_v to_o call_v the_o priest_n to_o court_n to_o the_o end_n he_o may_v himself_o treat_v with_o he_o personal_o christian._n and_o understand_v the_o truth_n of_o that_o which_o the_o lord_n of_o sogno_fw-it have_v declare_v unto_o he_o whereof_o when_o he_o be_v full_o inform_v he_o convert_v and_o promise_v that_o he_o will_v become_v a_o christian._n and_o now_o the_o portugal_n ship_n depart_v from_o congo_n and_o return_v into_o portugal_n and_o by_o they_o do_v the_o king_n of_o congo_n write_v to_o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n don_n giovanni_n the_o second_o with_o earnest_a request_n that_o he_o will_v send_v he_o some_o priest_n with_o all_o other_o order_n and_o ceremony_n to_o make_v he_o a_o christian._n the_o priest_n also_o that_o remain_v behind_o have_v write_v at_o large_a touch_v this_o business_n and_o give_v the_o king_n full_a information_n of_o all_o that_o have_v happen_v he_o agreeable_a to_o his_o good_a pleasure_n and_o so_o the_o king_n take_v order_n for_o sundry_a religious_a person_n to_o be_v send_v unto_o he_o according_o with_o all_o ornament_n for_o the_o church_n and_o other_o service_n as_o cross_n and_o image_n so_o that_o he_o be_v thorough_o furnish_v with_o all_o thing_n that_o be_v necessary_a and_o needful_a for_o such_o a_o action_n in_o the_o mean_a while_o the_o prince_n of_o sogno_fw-it cease_v not_o day_n and_o night_n to_o discourse_v with_o the_o portugal_n priest_n religion_n who_o he_o keep_v in_o his_o own_o house_n and_o at_o his_o own_o table_n aswell_o that_o he_o may_v learn_v the_o christian_a faith_n himself_o as_o also_o instruct_v the_o people_n therein_o so_o that_o he_o begin_v to_o favour_v christianity_n with_o all_o his_o power_n and_o forasmuch_o as_o the_o christian_a religion_n have_v now_o take_v root_n and_o begin_v to_o bud_v in_o those_o country_n and_o for_o that_o both_o the_o people_n &_o also_o the_o king_n himself_o do_v continue_v in_o their_o earnest_a desire_n to_o purge_v themselves_o from_o that_o abominable_a superstition_n he_o do_v instant_o deal_v with_o the_o priest_n that_o he_o will_v proceed_v in_o the_o sow_v &_o disperse_v of_o the_o christian_a doctrine_n as_o much_o as_o he_o can_v and_o in_o this_o good_a affection_n do_v they_o wait_v for_o the_o portugal_n ship_n that_o shall_v bring_v they_o all_o provision_n for_o baptism_n and_o other_o thing_n thereunto_o appertain_v at_o the_o last_o the_o ship_n of_o portugal_n arrive_v with_o the_o expect_a provision_n which_o be_v in_o the_o year_n of_o our_o salvation_n 1491_o and_o land_v in_o the_o port_n which_o be_v in_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o river_n zaire_n portugese_n the_o prince_n of_o sogno_fw-it with_o all_o show_n of_o familiar_a joy_n accompany_v with_o all_o his_o gentleman_n run_v down_o to_o meet_v they_o and_o entertain_v the_o portugal_n in_o most_o courteous_a manner_n and_o so_o conduct_v they_o to_o their_o lodging_n the_o next_o day_n follow_v according_a to_o the_o direction_n of_o the_o priest_n that_o remain_v behind_o church_n the_o prince_n cause_v a_o kind_n of_o church_n to_o be_v build_v with_o the_o body_n and_o branch_n of_o certain_a tree_n which_o he_o in_o his_o own_o person_n with_o the_o help_n of_o his_o servant_n most_o devout_o have_v fell_v in_o the_o wood_n and_o when_o it_o be_v cover_v they_o erect_v therein_o three_o altar_n in_o the_o worship_n and_o reverence_n of_o the_o most_o holy_a trinity_n baptize_v and_o there_o be_v baptize_v himself_o and_o his_o young_a son_n himself_o by_o the_o name_n of_o our_o saviour_n emanuel_n and_o his_o child_n by_o the_o name_n of_o anthony_n because_o that_o sainte_n be_v the_o protector_n of_o the_o city_n of_o lisbon_n now_o if_o any_o man_n here_o demand_n of_o i_o what_o name_v the_o people_n of_o these_o country_n have_v christen_v before_o they_o receive_v christianity_n of_o a_o truth_n it_o will_v seem_v incredible_a that_o i_o must_v answer_v they_o that_o be_v to_o say_v that_o the_o man_n and_o woman_n have_v no_o proper_a name_n agreeable_a to_o reasonable_a creature_n but_o the_o common_a name_n of_o plantes_n of_o stone_n of_o bird_n and_o of_o beast_n but_o the_o prince_n &_o lord_n have_v their_o denomination_n from_o the_o place_n and_o state_n which_o they_o govern_v as_o for_o example_n the_o foresay_a prince_n which_o be_v the_o first_o christian_n in_o congo_n be_v call_v mani-sogno_a that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o prince_n of_o sogno_fw-it &_o when_o he_o be_v christen_v be_v call_v emanuel_n but_o at_o this_o day_n they_o have_v all_o in_o general_a such_o christian_a name_n as_o they_o have_v learn_v of_o the_o portugal_n after_o a_o mass_n be_v celebrate_v and_o song_n religion_n one_o of_o the_o priest_n that_o come_v from_o portugal_n go_v up_o and_o make_v a_o brief_a sermon_n in_o the_o portugal_n language_n declare_v the_o sum_n of_o the_o new_a religion_n &_o faith_n of_o the_o gospel_n which_o they_o have_v receive_v this_o sermon_n the_o priest_n that_o be_v leave_v behind_o have_v now_o learned_a the_o congo_n speech_n do_v more_o at_o large_a expound_v to_o the_o lord_n that_o be_v in_o the_o church_n for_o the_o church_n can_v not_o possible_o hold_v the_o innumerable_a multitude_n of_o the_o people_n that_o be_v there_o gather_v together_o people_n at_o the_o conversion_n of_o their_o prince_n who_o afterwards_o come_v abroad_o unto_o they_o and_o rehearse_v the_o whole_a sermon_n with_o great_a love_n and_o charity_n move_v and_o exhort_v they_o to_o embrace_v likewise_o the_o true_a belief_n of_o the_o christian_a doctrine_n when_o this_o be_v do_v all_o the_o portugese_n put_v themselves_o on_o their_o way_n towards_o the_o court_n king_n to_o baptise_v the_o king_n who_o with_o a_o most_o fervent_a longing_n attend_v the_o same_o and_o the_o governor_n of_o sogno_fw-it take_v order_n that_o many_o of_o his_o lord_n shall_v wait_v upon_o they_o with_o music_n and_o sing_v and_o other_o sign_n of_o wonderful_a rejoice_n beside_o diverse_a slave_n which_o he_o give_v they_o to_o carry_v their_o stuff_n command_v also_o the_o people_n that_o they_o shall_v prepare_v all_o manner_n of_o victua;_n to_o be_v ready_a in_o the_o street_n for_o they_o so_o great_a be_v the_o number_n of_o people_n that_o run_v and_o meet_v together_o to_o behold_v they_o as_o the_o whole_a champagne_n seem_v to_o be_v in_o a_o manner_n cover_v with_o they_o and_o they_o all_o do_v in_o great-kindness_n entertain_v and_o welcome_v the_o portugal_n christian_n with_o sing_v and_o sound_v of_o trumpet_n and_o cymbal_n and_o other_o instrument_n of_o that_o country_n and_o it_o be_v a_o admirable_a thing_n to_o tell_v you_o that_o all_o the_o street_n and_o high_a way_n that_o reach_n from_o the_o sea_n to_o the_o city_n of_o saint_n saviour_n be_v one_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o mile_n be_v all_o cleanse_v and_o sweep_v and_o abundant_o furnish_v with_o all_o manner_n of_o victual_n and_o other_o necessary_n for_o the_o portugese_n in_o deed_n they_o do_v use_v in_o those_o country_n when_o the_o king_n or_o the_o principal_a lord_n go_v abroad_o to_o cleanse_v their_o way_n and_o make_v they_o handsome_a and_o therefore_o much_o the_o rather_o upon_o this_o special_a occasion_n when_o the_o portugese_n who_o they_o reverence_v as_o though_o they_o have_v be_v some_o of_o the_o old_a hero_n do_v purchase_v for_o their_o king_n the_o jewel_n of_o religion_n and_o salvation_n of_o his_o soul_n and_o general_o for_o every_o one_o of_o they_o the_o clear_a knowledge_n of_o god_n and_o of_o eternal_a life_n three_o day_n journey_n from_o the_o place_n whence_o they_o depart_v portugese_n they_o descry_v the_o king_n courtier_n that_o come_v to_o meet_v they_o to_o present_v they_o with_o fresh_a victual_n and_o to_o do_v they_o honour_n and_o so_o from_o place_n to_o
place_n they_o encounter_v other_o lord_n that_o for_o the_o same_o purpose_n be_v send_v by_o the_o king_n to_o receive_v the_o christian_n who_o be_v the_o messenger_n and_o bringer_n of_o so_o great_a a_o joy_n when_o they_o be_v come_v within_o three_o mile_n near_o to_o the_o city_n all_o the_o court_n come_v to_o entertain_v and_o welcome_v the_o portugal_n with_o all_o manner_n of_o pomp_n and_o joyfulness_n and_o with_o music_n and_o sing_a as_o in_o those_o country_n be_v use_v upon_o their_o solemne_v feast-day_n and_o so_o great_a be_v the_o multitude_n of_o people_n which_o abound_v in_o the_o street_n that_o there_o be_v neither_o tree_n nor_o hillock_n high_a than_o the_o rest_n but_o it_o be_v load_v with_o those_o that_o be_v run_v forth_o and_o assemble_v to_o view_v these_o stranger_n which_o bring_v unto_o they_o this_o new_a law_n of_o their_o salvation_n the_o king_n himself_o attend_v they_o at_o the_o gate_n of_o his_o palace_n they_o in_o a_o throne_n of_o estate_n erect_v upon_o a_o high_a scaffold_n where_o he_o do_v public_o receive_v they_o in_o such_o manner_n and_o sort_n as_o the_o ancient_a king_n of_o that_o realm_n accustom_v to_o do_v when_o any_o ambassador_n come_v unto_o he_o or_o when_o his_o tribute_n be_v pay_v he_o or_o when_o any_o other_o such_o royal_a ceremony_n be_v perform_v and_o first_o of_o all_o the_o ambassador_n declare_v the_o embassage_n of_o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n embassage_n which_o be_v expound_v and_o interpret_v by_o the_o foresay_a priest_n that_o be_v the_o principal_a author_n of_o the_o conversion_n of_o those_o people_n after_o the_o embassage_n be_v thus_o deliver_v embassage_n the_o king_n raise_v himself_o out_o of_o his_o seat_n and_o stand_a upright_o upon_o his_o foot_n do_v both_o with_o his_o countenance_n and_o speech_n show_v most_o evident_a sign_n of_o the_o great_a joy_n that_o he_o have_v conceyve_v for_o the_o come_n of_o the_o christian_n and_o so_o sit_v down_o again_o it_o and_o incontinent_o all_o the_o people_n with_o shout_v and_o sound_v their_o trumpet_n &_o sing_v and_o other_o manifest_a argument_n of_o rejoice_v do_v approve_v the_o king_n word_n and_o show_v their_o exceed_a good_a like_v of_o this_o embassage_n and_o further_o in_o token_n of_o obedience_n they_o do_v three_o time_n prostrate_v themselves_o upon_o the_o ground_n and_o cast_v up_o their_o foot_n according_a to_o the_o use_n of_o those_o kingdom_n thereby_o allow_v and_o commend_v the_o action_n of_o their_o king_n and_o most_o affectionate_o accept_v of_o the_o gospel_n which_o be_v bring_v unto_o they_o from_o the_o lord_n god_n by_o the_o hand_n of_o those_o religious_a person_n then_o the_o king_n take_v view_v of_o all_o the_o present_n that_o be_v send_v he_o by_o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n portugal_n and_o the_o vestiment_n of_o the_o priest_n and_o the_o ornament_n of_o the_o altar_n and_o the_o cross_n and_o the_o table_n wherein_o be_v depaint_v the_o image_n of_o saint_n and_o the_o streamer_n and_o the_o banner_n and_o all_o the_o rest_n and_o with_o incredible_a attention_n cause_v the_o meaning_n of_o every_o one_o of_o they_o to_o be_v declare_v unto_o he_o one_o by_o one_o and_o so_o withdraw_v himself_o and_o lodge_v the_o ambassador_n in_o a_o palace_n make_v ready_a of_o purpose_n for_o he_o and_o all_o the_o rest_n be_v place_v in_o other_o house_n of_o several_a lord_n where_o they_o be_v furnish_v with_o all_o plenty_n and_o ease_n the_o day_n follow_v the_o king_n cause_v all_o the_o portugal_n to_o be_v assemble_v together_o in_o private_a church_n where_o they_o devise_v of_o the_o course_n that_o be_v to_o be_v take_v for_o the_o christen_n of_o the_o king_n and_o for_o effect_v the_o full_a conversion_n of_o the_o people_n to_o the_o christian_n faith_n and_o after_o sundry_a discourse_n it_o be_v resolve_v and_o conclude_v that_o first_o of_o all_o a_o church_n shall_v be_v build_v to_o the_o end_n that_o the_o christen_n and_o other_o ceremony_n thereunto_o belong_v may_v be_v celebrate_v therein_o with_o the_o more_o solemnity_n and_o in_o the_o mean_a while_o the_o king_n and_o the_o court_n shall_v be_v teach_v and_o instruct_v in_o the_o christian_a religion_n the_o king_n present_o command_v that_o with_o all_o speed_n provision_n shall_v be_v make_v of_o all_o manner_n of_o stuff_n necessary_a for_o this_o building_n as_o timber_n stone_n lime_n and_o brick_n according_a to_o the_o direction_n and_o appointment_n of_o the_o workmaster_n and_o mason_n which_o for_o that_o purpose_n be_v bring_v out_o of_o portugal_n religion_n but_o the_o devil_n who_o never_o cease_v to_o cross_v all_o good_a and_o holy_a proceed_n raise_v new_a dissension_n and_o conspiracy_n and_o let_v against_o this_o promote_a of_o the_o christian_a faith_n which_o in_o deed_n begin_v to_o overthrow_v and_o destroy_v the_o power_n that_o he_o have_v long_o hold_v in_o that_o realm_n and_o in_o steed_n thereof_o to_o plant_v the_o most_o healthful_a tree_n of_o the_o cross_n and_o the_o worship_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o this_o he_o do_v by_o procure_v a_o rebellion_n among_o certain_a people_n of_o the_o anzichi_n and_o of_o anzicana_n which_o dwell_v upon_o both_o the_o bank_n of_o the_o river_n zaire_n from_o the_o foresay_a fall_n upwardes_o to_o the_o great_a lake_n and_o be_v subject_a and_o belong_v to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n now_o this_o monstrous_a river_n be_v restrain_v and_o keep_v back_o by_o these_o fall_n do_v swell_v there_o mighty_o and_o spread_v itself_o abroad_o in_o a_o very_a large_a and_o deep_a channel_n in_o the_o breadth_n whereof_o there_o be_v many_o island_n some_o small_a and_o some_o great_a so_o that_o in_o some_o of_o they_o there_o may_v be_v maintain_v about_o thirty_o thousand_o person_n in_o these_o island_n and_o in_o other_o place_n adjoininge_v to_o the_o river_n thereabouts_o do_v the_o people_n make_v a_o insurrection_n and_o renounce_v their_o obedience_n to_o the_o king_n and_o slay_v the_o governor_n that_o he_o have_v send_v thither_o to_o rule_v and_o all_o this_o be_v do_v by_o the_o devil_n of_o purpose_n to_o interrupt_v the_o propagation_n of_o christianity_n which_o be_v now_o begin_v and_o to_o hinder_v it_o by_o the_o mean_n of_o this_o rebellion_n but_o the_o king_n by_o the_o inspiration_n of_o god_n provide_v a_o good_a remedy_n for_o this_o mischief_n and_o send_v thither_o his_o elder_a son_n rebel_n call_v mani-sundi_a within_o who_o province_n that_o country_n lie_v and_o yet_o afterwards_o the_o trouble_n and_o tumult_n fall_v out_o to_o be_v so_o great_a &_o dangerous_a that_o the_o king_n must_v needs_o go_v himself_o in_o person_n to_o pacify_v these_o broil_n howbeit_o he_o resolve_v to_o be_v baptize_v before_o his_o go_n and_o so_o be_v enforce_v to_o forbear_v the_o build_n of_o the_o church_n of_o stone_n and_o with_o all_o speed_n in_o steed_n thereof_o to_o erect_v one_o of_o timber_n which_o church_n he_o in_o his_o own_o person_n with_o the_o advice_n of_o the_o portugal_n timber_n do_v accomplish_v in_o such_o manner_n and_o sort_n as_o it_o ought_v to_o be_v and_o therein_o do_v receive_v the_o sacrament_n of_o holy_a baptism_n and_o be_v name_v don_n giovanni_n and_o his_o wife_n donna_n eleonora_n christen_v after_o the_o name_n of_o the_o king_n and_o queen_n of_o portugal_n and_o the_o church_n itself_o entitle_v and_o dedicate_v to_o s._n saviour_n saviour_n but_o here_o it_o be_v to_o be_v note_v that_o all_o these_o stir_n and_o rebellion_n of_o the_o people_n aforesaid_a arise_v by_o the_o cunning_a sleight_n &_o instigation_n of_o the_o devil_n &_o not_o of_o the_o poor_a soul_n themselves_o that_o dwell_v in_o those_o island_n of_o the_o great_a lake_n rebellion_n as_o it_o be_v write_v in_o the_o first_o book_n of_o the_o history_n of_o the_o indies_n late_o set_v forth_o in_o latin_a for_o the_o lake_n be_v distant_a from_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o city_n of_o congo_n about_o two_o hundred_o mile_n neither_o have_v the_o inhabitant_n thereabouts_o any_o knowledge_n of_o congo_n but_o only_o by_o hearsay_n in_o those_o day_n and_o very_o little_a they_o have_v of_o it_o as_o yet_o at_o this_o day_n and_o beside_o that_o the_o book_n be_v faulty_a in_o the_o name_n of_o that_o people_n that_o rebel_v for_o it_o call_v they_o mundiqueti_n whereas_o in_o deed_n the_o portugal_n do_v right_o call_v they_o anziqueti_n the_o same_o day_n wherein_o the_o king_n be_v baptize_v diverse_a other_o lord_n follow_v his_o example_n be_v baptize_v likewise_o baptize_v have_v first_o learn_v certain_a principle_n of_o the_o christian_a faith_n they_o and_o when_o all_o this_o be_v do_v the_o king_n go_v in_o person_n to_o disperse_v the_o turbulent_a attempt_n of_o his_o adversary_n against_o who_o he_o find_v the_o prince_n his_o son_n and_o
their_o heart_n and_o fail_v in_o their_o courage_n and_o come_v and_o present_v themselves_o before_o the_o king_n say_v that_o he_o have_v not_o power_n enough_o to_o resist_v so_o powerful_a a_o enemy_n and_o therefore_o they_o think_v it_o better_o for_o he_o to_o grow_v to_o some_o concord_n and_o composition_n and_o to_o abandon_v the_o new_a religion_n which_o he_o have_v late_o begin_v to_o profess_v to_o the_o end_n he_o may_v not_o fall_v into_o the_o hand_n of_o his_o cruel_a adversary_n soldier_n but_o the_o king_n be_v resolute_a and_o full_a of_o religious_a constancy_n reprove_v their_o cowardice_n and_o call_v they_o dastard_n and_o base_a people_n and_o will_v they_o if_o they_o have_v any_o mind_n or_o desire_v to_o forsake_v he_o &_o go_v to_o the_o enemy_n that_o they_o shall_v so_o do_v as_o for_o himself_o and_o those_o few_o that_o will_v follow_v he_o he_o do_v not_o doubt_v but_o assure_o trust_v though_o not_o with_o the_o possibility_n or_o strength_n of_o man_n yet_o with_o the_o favour_n of_o god_n to_o vanquish_v and_o overcome_v that_o innumerable_a multitude_n and_o therefore_o he_o will_v not_o request_v they_o either_o to_o join_v with_o he_o or_o to_o put_v their_o life_n in_o hazard_n against_o his_o adversary_n for_o his_o sake_n but_o only_o they_o may_v rest_v themselves_o and_o expect_v the_o issue_n that_o shall_v follow_v thereon_o but_o they_o for_o all_o this_o speech_n become_v never_o a_o whit_n the_o more_o courageous_a he_o but_o rather_o wax_v more_o timorous_a &_o be_v utter_o determine_v to_o forsake_v the_o king_n and_o to_o save_v themselves_o now_o they_o be_v scarce_o out_o of_o the_o city_n and_o on_o their_o way_n homewards_o when_o by_o great_a good_a fortune_n they_o meet_v with_o the_o good_a old_a lord_n mani-sogno_a who_o with_o some_o few_o of_o his_o follower_n have_v be_v abroad_o to_o survey_v the_o enemy_n camp_n they_o and_o to_o make_v provision_n for_o such_o thing_n as_o be_v necessary_a in_o such_o a_o action_n to_o he_o they_o declare_v all_o that_o they_o have_v before_o declare_v to_o the_o king_n that_o they_o think_v it_o to_o be_v a_o point_n of_o express_a madness_n to_o put_v their_o life_n and_o good_n in_o danger_n with_o so_o few_o people_n against_o a_o infinite_a multitude_n and_o that_o without_o all_o doubt_n it_o be_v a_o safe_a way_n to_o compound_v with_o the_o enemy_n and_o so_o save_v themselves_o the_o good_a lord_n with_o great_a piety_n and_o christian_a valour_n answer_v they_o that_o they_o shall_v not_o so_o quick_o fall_v into_o despair_n but_o as_o the_o king_n have_v tell_v they_o before_o they_o shall_v look_v upon_o jesus_n christ_n the_o saviour_n of_o the_o world_n who_o faith_n and_o religion_n they_o have_v so_o late_o and_o with_o so_o great_a zeal_n gain_v and_o purchase_v who_o also_o most_o assure_o and_o undoubted_o will_v succour_v and_o defend_v those_o that_o be_v he_o and_o so_o entreat_v they_o that_o they_o will_v not_o like_v rash_a head_a people_n change_v their_o mind_n from_o that_o holy_a doctrine_n which_o they_o have_v with_o such_o fervency_n of_o late_o receyve_v add_v moreover_o that_o they_o have_v not_o to_o fight_v with_o a_o strange_a nation_n nor_o with_o a_o people_n that_o come_v from_o far_a country_n but_o with_o their_o own_o kinsman_n and_o countryman_n so_o that_o they_o may_v always_o have_v opportunity_n if_o need_v so_o require_v to_o yield_v themselves_o and_o in_o all_o friendship_n and_o kindness_n to_o be_v embrace_v behold_v i_o pray_v you_o say_v mani-sogno_a my_o age_n now_o arrive_v to_o a_o hundred_o year_n and_o yet_o i_o bear_v arm_n for_o the_o zeal_n and_o defence_n of_o the_o religion_n that_o i_o have_v enter_v and_o for_o the_o homage_n and_o honour_n that_o i_o owe_v to_o my_o king_n and_o you_o that_o be_v in_o the_o flower_n of_o your_o year_n do_v you_o show_v yourselves_o to_o be_v so_o base_a and_o fearful_a and_o unfaithful_a to_o your_o own_o narurall_a king_n if_o algate_n you_o be_v not_o mind_v to_o fight_v yourselves_o yet_o encourage_v your_o vassal_n and_o subject_n and_o do_v not_o dismay_v they_o let_v we_o expect_v the_o first_o encounter_n of_o the_o enemy_n and_o thereupon_o we_o shall_v not_o want_v fit_a occasion_n to_o take_v some_o other_o course_n and_o provide_v for_o our_o safety_n with_o these_o comfortable_a word_n forgiveness_n the_o lord_n recover_v their_o spirit_n that_o be_v quail_v and_o return_v back_o with_o he_o to_o seek_v the_o king_n who_o be_v in_o the_o church_n at_o his_o prayer_n beseech_v god_n to_o send_v he_o help_v and_o succour_v they_o wait_v for_o he_o until_o he_o come_v forth_o and_o then_o kneel_v down_o upon_o their_o knee_n before_o he_o request_v pardon_n for_o their_o fault_n and_o want_n of_o duty_n which_o they_o have_v show_v unto_o he_o be_v their_o prince_n in_o that_o they_o will_v have_v forsake_v he_o when_o he_o be_v in_o this_o extreme_a danger_n and_o promise_v that_o they_o will_v put_v on_o a_o new_a and_o constant_a courage_n for_o the_o defence_n of_o he_o and_o of_o the_o law_n and_o religion_n which_o they_o have_v receyve_v and_o that_o they_o will_v fight_v for_o the_o same_o even_o until_o death_n god_n but_o the_o king_n who_o perceyve_v well_o that_o this_o comfort_n and_o help_n come_v from_o god_n himself_o first_o give_v he_o hearty_a thanks_o secret_o from_o the_o bottom_n of_o his_o hart_n and_o vow_v that_o he_o will_v sacrifice_v himself_o for_o the_o maintenance_n of_o his_o faith_n and_o gospel_n and_o then_o with_o a_o cheerful_a countenance_n he_o say_v i_o do_v believe_v lord_n that_o thy_o greatness_n be_v infinite_a and_o that_o thou_o can_v do_v all_o thing_n and_o can_v make_v of_o little_a much_o and_o of_o much_o little_a whensoever_o it_o please_v thou_o neither_o do_v i_o any_o thing_n doubt_n but_o that_o thou_o will_v yield_v aid_n to_o this_o my_o weakness_n and_o assist_v the_o same_o with_o thy_o invincible_a force_n so_o that_o through_o thy_o gracious_a favour_n with_o these_o few_o and_o weak_a person_n i_o shall_v become_v the_o conqueror_n not_o only_o of_o this_o army_n but_o also_o of_o a_o far_o great_a if_o it_o shall_v come_v against_o i_o and_o i_o promise_v thou_o o_o my_o god_n beside_o that_o which_o i_o have_v already_o speak_v that_o i_o will_v all_o the_o day_n of_o my_o life_n promote_v and_o exalt_v thy_o true_a faith_n thy_o holy_a name_n and_o thy_o most_o wholesome_a doctrine_n length_n in_o testimony_n and_o memory_n of_o which_o his_o confession_n he_o do_v present_o cause_v a_o cross_n to_o be_v plant_v &_o erect_v in_o the_o midst_n of_o the_o market_n place_n right_o against_o the_o church_n which_o his_o father_n have_v build_v this_o cross_n be_v of_o a_o wonderful_a length_n for_o it_o be_v fourscore_o span_n long_o and_o the_o cross-bar_n in_o proportion_n answerable_a thereunto_o now_o the_o eternal_a god_n who_o know_v the_o faith_n from_o whence_o this_o vow_n of_o the_o good_a king_n do_v proceed_v vouchsafe_v to_o comfort_v he_o with_o a_o celestial_a vision_n which_o be_v a_o very_a clear_a and_o admirable_a light_n at_o the_o shine_a whereof_o he_o he_o cast_v himself_o upon_o his_o knee_n and_o weep_v and_o lift_v up_o his_o hand_n and_o eye_n to_o heaven_n but_o speak_v not_o a_o word_n for_o that_o he_o be_v overcome_v with_o tear_n and_o sigh_n and_o whole_o ravish_v in_o spirit_n but_o that_o which_o he_o himself_o see_v be_v see_v of_o no_o body_n else_o neither_o will_v he_o ever_o publish_v the_o same_o to_o any_o man_n all_o those_o that_o be_v in_o his_o company_n do_v even_o as_o he_o do_v and_o for_o a_o while_o lose_v the_o sight_n of_o their_o eye_n and_o by_o reason_n of_o that_o miraculous_a light_n remain_v in_o a_o trance_n congo_n at_o the_o last_o every_o man_n lift_v up_o his_o eye_n and_o perceyve_v that_o there_o be_v imprint_v on_o he_o five_o sword_n very_o bright_a and_o clear_a which_o for_o the_o space_n almost_o of_o a_o hour_n continue_v unmoveable_a as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o circle_n but_o all_o they_o can_v neither_o understand_v nor_o expound_v what_o be_v the_o meaning_n thereof_o the_o five_o sword_n the_o king_n take_v for_o his_o arm_n as_o be_v to_o be_v see_v in_o his_o signet_n royal_a which_o have_v be_v use_v ever_o sithence_o that_o time_n yea_o even_o by_o the_o king_n that_o now_o live_v and_o reign_v the_o cross_n also_o that_o be_v thus_o plant_v by_o vow_n be_v to_o be_v see_v in_o the_o same_o place_n wherein_o it_o be_v erect_v at_o the_o front_n of_o the_o church_n which_o church_n be_v call_v saint_n cross_n of_o the_o cross_n there_o plant_v and_o of_o the_o miracle_n that_o there_o appear_v this_o cross_n the_o last_o king_n that_o
dead_a be_v don_n alvaro_n father_n to_o the_o king_n that_o now_o be_v renew_v and_o make_v another_o of_o the_o same_o bigness_n that_o the_o first_o be_v of_o in_o remembrance_n of_o such_o a_o miracle_n for_o the_o old_a cross_n be_v in_o time_n decay_a and_o consume_v and_o quite_o fall_v down_o the_o aforesaid_a vision_n do_v great_o confirm_v the_o mind_n of_o the_o citizen_n which_o before_o be_v quail_v and_o do_v wonderful_o appall_v and_o full_o terrify_v the_o enemy_n when_o they_o understand_v the_o news_n thereof_o king_n notwithstanding_o mani-pango_a send_v unto_o the_o king_n &_o signify_v unto_o he_o and_o to_o all_o the_o rest_n that_o be_v with_o he_o that_o if_o they_o do_v not_o incontinent_o yield_v themselves_o and_o deliver_v the_o city_n unto_o he_o and_o create_v and_o swear_v he_o for_o their_o king_n and_o withal_o abandon_v and_o relinquish_v their_o new_a christian_a religion_n he_o will_v put_v they_o all_o to_o the_o edge_n of_o the_o sword_n but_o if_o they_o will_v so_o do_v he_o will_v free_o pardon_v they_o hereunto_o the_o lord_n that_o stand_v on_o the_o king_n part_n answer_v answer_n that_o they_o be_v most_o ready_a to_o die_v in_o defence_n of_o their_o prince_n and_o of_o the_o christian_a faith_n but_o in_o particular_a the_o king_n send_v he_o this_o message_n that_o he_o nothing_o fear_v his_o terrible_a threat_n but_o rather_o as_o his_o kind_a brother_n be_v very_o sorry_a even_o from_o his_o hart_n to_o see_v that_o he_o walk_v in_o darkness_n and_o stray_v out_o of_o the_o way_n of_o light_n that_o the_o kingdom_n do_v by_o law_n belong_v unto_o he_o and_o be_v not_o fraudulent_o usurp_v by_o he_o and_o that_o the_o religion_n which_o he_o have_v receyve_v be_v assure_o deliver_v he_o from_o god_n who_o no_o doubt_n will_v protect_v and_o maintain_v he_o therein_o and_o withal_o beseech_v he_o that_o he_o will_v estrange_v himself_o from_o his_o false_a belief_n and_o worship_v of_o the_o devil_n wherein_o he_o have_v be_v nourish_v and_o bring_v up_o and_o that_o he_o will_v be_v baptize_v for_o so_o he_o shall_v become_v the_o child_n of_o god_n and_o merit_v the_o glory_n celestial_a follower_n then_o the_o king_n send_v to_o fetch_v his_o jewel_n and_o other_o rich_a ornament_n of_o household_n which_o he_o have_v at_o home_n and_o the_o better_a to_o encourage_v these_o lord_n that_o take_v his_o part_n he_o most_o gracious_o distribute_v they_o among_o they_o all_o wherewith_o they_o remain_v very_o great_o satisfy_v and_o bind_v themselves_o to_o prosecute_v his_o enterprise_n and_o to_o follow_v his_o ensign_n with_o a_o most_o ardent_a courage_n this_o be_v do_v the_o very_a same_o night_n the_o one_o half_a almost_o of_o the_o base_a people_n that_o be_v in_o arm_n mani-pango_a be_v surprise_v with_o a_o very_a great_a fear_n do_v secret_o fly_v into_o the_o camp_n of_o pango_fw-la and_o have_v thus_o revolt_v give_v mani-pango_a to_o understand_v that_o the_o king_n and_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o his_o retinue_n be_v utter_o dismay_v and_o discourage_v that_o every_o man_n be_v devise_v with_o himself_o how_o he_o may_v escape_v &_o that_o they_o have_v none_o other_o mean_a to_o save_v themselves_o but_o only_a by_o take_v the_o lane_n that_o lead_v down_o to_o the_o river_n which_o as_o we_o have_v tell_v you_o be_v distant_a from_o the_o city_n about_o the_o space_n of_o a_o mile_n at_o the_o end_n of_o which_o lane_n mani-pango_a between_o the_o river_n and_o the_o hill_n there_o be_v a_o little_a moor_n about_o two_o foot_n deep_a on_o the_o right_a hand_n and_o on_o the_o left_a hand_n be_v the_o mountain_n and_o the_o garrison_n of_o pango_fw-la that_o have_v besiege_v &_o beset_v the_o hill_n so_o that_o there_o be_v none_o other_o issue_n for_o they_o to_o escape_v but_o only_o by_o pass_v over_o the_o moor_n which_o be_v in_o length_n as_o far_o as_o the_o shot_n of_o a_o harquebus_n can_v reach_v and_o as_o much_o in_o breadth_n and_o then_o to_o come_v to_o the_o river_n mani-pango_a believe_v all_o this_o that_o they_o have_v relate_v unto_o he_o send_v present_o to_o stop_v that_o passage_n with_o plant_v sharp_a stake_n in_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o moor_n which_o be_v cover_v with_o water_n to_o the_o end_n that_o if_o his_o enemy_n shall_v fly_v in_o the_o dark_a of_o the_o night_n because_o they_o will_v not_o be_v see_v they_o shall_v be_v all_o stake_v and_o take_v therein_o all_o that_o night_n he_o with_o all_o his_o army_n remain_v in_o great_a joy_n and_o await_v the_o fresh_a morning_n that_o he_o may_v give_v the_o assault_n upon_o the_o city_n bethink_v himself_o in_o the_o mean_a while_n what_o course_n may_v be_v most_o easy_a and_o convenient_a for_o he_o to_o attempt_v the_o same_o but_o don_n alfonso_n on_o the_o other_o side_n have_v confess_v himself_o city_n and_o consult_v with_o all_o the_o most_o faithful_a and_o loyal_a friend_n that_o he_o have_v expect_v his_o enemy_n who_o assure_v himself_o of_o the_o victory_n and_o have_v now_o grant_v all_o the_o citizen_n good_n and_o all_o the_o state_n and_o governemente_n of_o the_o kingdom_n to_o his_o great_a lord_n about_o he_o very_o early_o in_o the_o morning_n with_o a_o furious_a violence_n give_v assault_v to_o the_o city_n on_o that_o side_n which_o be_v towards_o the_o north_n where_o the_o great_a and_o wide_o plain_a restrain_v itself_o into_o a_o narrow_a strait_n enter_v as_o it_o be_v into_o a_o round_a circle_n natural_o compass_v about_o with_o certain_a hill_n and_o then_o make_v a_o large_a way_n as_o broad_a as_o a_o man_n may_v shoot_v with_o a_o gun_n until_o you_o come_v to_o the_o site_n or_o place_n where_o the_o city_n stand_v which_o be_v a_o little_a plain_a of_o two_o mile_n compass_n wherein_o as_o it_o have_v be_v tell_v you_o the_o city_n and_o the_o church_n and_o the_o lord_n house_n and_o the_o king_n court_n be_v situate_a in_o this_o place_n do_v don_n alfonso_n with_o those_o few_o that_o he_o have_v with_o he_o settle_v himself_o against_o the_o pagan_n fight_n and_o against_o his_o enemy_n brother_n who_o before_o he_o can_v confront_v the_o king_n be_v utter_o discomfit_v disperse_v and_o put_v to_o flight_n whereupon_o the_o king_n perceive_v that_o he_o be_v overthrow_v and_o drive_v to_o run_v away_o be_v wonderful_o amaze_v not_o know_v himself_o how_o this_o matter_n come_v to_o pass_v see_v that_o he_o have_v not_o join_v battle_n nor_o fight_v with_o his_o enemy_n and_o therefore_o must_v needs_o think_v that_o it_o so_o fall_v out_o by_o some_o hide_a and_o secret_a mean_n to_o he_o unknown_a notwithstanding_o the_o day_n follow_v mani-pango_a return_v to_o the_o assault_n in_o the_o same_o place_n manner_n but_o he_o be_v in_o the_o same_o manner_n once_o again_o discomfit_v and_o constrain_v to_o fly_v whereby_o he_o know_v assure_o that_o this_o his_o loss_n and_o overthrow_n be_v not_o occasion_v by_o the_o valour_n of_o his_o enemy_n but_o only_o by_o some_o miracle_n so_o that_o the_o people_n of_o the_o city_n mock_v and_o scorn_v those_o idolater_n and_o take_v stomach_n unto_o they_o for_o these_o two_o victory_n thus_o happen_v begin_v now_o to_o make_v no_o reckon_n of_o they_o and_o will_v with_o all_o violence_n have_v run_v upon_o they_o to_o who_o their_o adversary_n make_v this_o answer_n tush_o you_o be_v not_o the_o man_n that_o have_v thus_o vanquish_v we_o but_o it_o be_v a_o certain_a fair_a lady_n all_o in_o white_a which_o with_o her_o admirable_a brightness_n have_v blindede_v we_o and_o a_o knight_n ride_v upon_o a_o white_a palfrey_n that_o have_v a_o red_a cross_n upon_o his_o breast_n and_o he_o it_o be_v that_o fight_v against_o we_o and_o turn_v we_o to_o flight_n which_o when_o the_o king_n understand_v he_o send_v to_o tell_v his_o brother_n that_o of_o those_o two_o the_o one_o be_v a_o virgin_n the_o mother_n of_o christ_n who_o faith_n he_o have_v embrace_v and_o the_o other_o be_v s._n james_n who_o both_o be_v send_v from_o god_n to_o succour_v and_o relieve_v he_o and_o that_o if_o he_o also_o will_v become_v a_o christian_n they_o will_v likewise_o show_v great_a grace_n and_o favour_n unto_o he_o once_o but_o mani-pango_a will_v not_o accept_v of_o this_o message_n but_o all_o the_o night_n follow_v do_v put_v himself_o in_o a_o readiness_n to_o besiege_v the_o city_n upon_o both_o side_n at_o once_o the_o one_o with_o one_o part_n of_o his_o army_n at_o the_o straight_o above_o mention_v and_o the_o other_o with_o another_o part_n of_o his_o people_n himself_o in_o his_o own_o person_n compass_v about_o by_o the_o lane_n that_o ascend_v from_o the_o river_n and_o so_o in_o a_o place_n utter_o unprovided_a of_o either_o watch_n or_o ward_n he_o
think_v to_o attempt_v the_o victory_n those_o that_o be_v above_o at_o the_o strait_n do_v first_o join_v battle_n and_o be_v quite_o discomfit_v and_o overthrow_v and_o pango_fw-la himself_o hope_v to_o have_v thrust_v forward_o on_o the_o other_o side_n while_o his_o enemy_n be_v whole_o occupy_v in_o defend_v themselves_o at_o the_o strait_n find_v himself_o great_o deceive_v for_o his_o people_n be_v already_o put_v to_o flight_n by_o those_o of_o the_o city_n who_o perceive_v the_o great_a noise_n that_o pango_fw-la and_o his_o troop_n make_v in_o ascend_v the_o hill_n on_o the_o other_o side_n run_v with_o all_o speed_n to_o meet_v with_o that_o danger_n and_o drive_v he_o and_o all_o his_o people_n back_o again_o put_v they_o in_o disarray_v and_o then_o so_o vex_v and_o molest_v they_o with_o such_o a_o fury_n of_o dart_n and_o other_o weapon_n which_o they_o throw_v among_o they_o that_o pango_fw-la be_v overcome_v with_o fear_n and_o danger_n run_v away_o destruction_n and_o fall_v into_o the_o snare_n and_o net_n which_o he_o himself_o have_v lay_v for_o the_o christian_n for_o light_v among_o the_o foresay_a stake_n he_o be_v with_o one_o of_o they_o thrust_v into_o the_o body_n and_o so_o be_v surprise_v with_o a_o evil_a death_n he_o finish_v his_o life_n as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o rage_n for_o you_o must_v understand_v that_o the_o sharp_a end_n of_o the_o say_a stake_n be_v envenom_v with_o a_o certain_a poison_n mani-pango_a which_o take_v hold_n of_o the_o blood_n and_o enter_v somewhat_o into_o the_o flesh_n will_v kill_v without_o all_o cure_n or_o remedy_n by_o this_o victory_n and_o death_n of_o his_o brother_n do_v the_o king_n remain_v in_o security_n and_o liberty_n wiihout_v all_o contradiction_n and_o then_o think_v with_o himself_o that_o his_o people_n and_o subject_n be_v in_o a_o great_a doubt_n and_o quandary_n and_o dare_v not_o for_o fear_v present_a themselves_o before_o he_o by_o reason_n of_o the_o error_n that_o they_o have_v commit_v against_o he_o like_o a_o good_a prince_n he_o send_v to_o signify_v unto_o they_o that_o he_o will_v pardon_v their_o former_a fault_n and_o receive_v they_o into_o his_o grace_n and_o favour_n whereupon_o they_o come_v and_o yield_v themselves_o unto_o he_o with_o all_o obedience_n mercy_n all_o save_v the_o captain_n general_n who_o name_n be_v mani-bunda_a for_o he_o fear_v great_o to_o appear_v before_o the_o king_n for_o very_a shame_n of_o his_o disloyalty_n and_o villainy_n but_o yet_o at_o the_o last_o he_o obtain_v his_o pardon_n with_o a_o certain_a penance_n enjoin_v he_o that_o he_o shall_v go_v and_o serve_v in_o the_o build_n of_o the_o church_n whereupon_o he_o become_v afterwards_o so_o humble_a and_o devout_a a_o christian_n that_o when_o the_o king_n will_v have_v ease_v he_o of_o that_o travel_n he_o will_v not_o by_o any_o mean_n give_v over_o his_o labour_n until_o such_o time_n as_o all_o the_o church_n be_v whole_o build_v and_o finish_v the_o kingdom_n be_v thus_o pacify_v and_o all_o thing_n well_o establish_v the_o king_n don_n alfonso_n take_v order_n that_o they_o shall_v present_o go_v in_o hand_n with_o the_o fabric_n of_o the_o principal_a church_n cross_n call_v s._n cross_n which_o be_v so_o name_v of_o the_o cross_n that_o be_v there_o plant_v as_o we_o tell_v you_o before_o and_o also_o because_o upon_o the_o feast_n day_n of_o the_o holy_a cross_n the_o first_o stone_n be_v lay_v in_o the_o foundation_n thereof_o moreover_o he_o command_v that_o the_o man_n shall_v bring_v stone_n and_o the_o woman_n shall_v fetch_v sand_n from_o the_o river_n for_o the_o further_a of_o this_o work_n the_o king_n will_v needs_o be_v the_o first_o porter_n himself_o and_o upon_o his_o own_o shoulder_n bring_v the_o first_o basket_n of_o stone_n which_o he_o cast_v into_o the_o foundation_n and_o the_o queen_n her_o basket_n of_o sand_n likewise_o thereby_o give_v a_o example_n to_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o lady_n of_o the_o court_n to_o do_v the_o like_a and_o to_o encourage_v and_o hearten_v the_o people_n in_o so_o holy_a a_o action_n and_o so_o this_o fabric_n be_v further_v by_o so_o good_a workmaster_n and_o workman_n in_o a_o very_a short_a time_n be_v full_o finish_v and_o therein_o be_v celebrate_v mass_n and_o other_o divine_a service_n with_o great_a solemnity_n beside_o a_o number_n of_o lord_n and_o other_o that_o be_v there_o baptize_v and_o christen_v so_o that_o the_o multitude_n of_o such_o as_o come_v to_o be_v partaker_n of_o the_o holy_a baptism_n abound_v so_o great_o that_o there_o be_v not_o priest_n enough_o to_o execute_v that_o office_n after_o this_o the_o king_n dispatch_v away_o the_o portugal_n ambassador_n portugal_n who_o till_o this_o time_n have_v remain_v at_o the_o court_n by_o reason_n of_o these_o trouble_n and_o with_o he_o he_o send_v also_o another_o ambassador_n of_o his_o own_o call_v don_n roderigo_n and_o diverse_a other_o that_o be_v of_o kin_n both_o to_o himself_o and_o to_o his_o ambassador_n to_o the_o end_n that_o they_o shall_v learn_v both_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o christian_n in_o portugal_n and_o also_o their_o language_n and_o further_o declare_v unto_o the_o king_n all_o these_o accident_n that_o have_v happen_v moreover_o he_o cause_v the_o lord_n of_o all_o his_o province_n to_o be_v assemble_v together_o in_o a_o place_n appoint_v for_o that_o purpose_n religion_n and_o there_o public_o signify_v unto_o they_o that_o whosoever_o have_v any_o idol_n or_o any_o thing_n else_o that_o be_v contrary_a to_o the_o christian_a religion_n he_o shall_v bring_v they_o forth_o and_o deliver_v they_o over_o to_o the_o lievetenante_n of_o the_o country_n otherwise_o whosoever_o do_v not_o so_o shall_v be_v burn_v themselves_o without_o remission_n or_o pardon_n which_o commandment_n be_v incontinent_o put_v in_o execution_n and_o a_o wonderful_a thing_n it_o be_v to_o be_v note_v that_o within_o less_o than_o one_o month_n all_o the_o idol_n and_o witchery_n and_o character_n which_o they_o worship_v and_o account_v for_o god_n be_v send_v and_o bring_v unto_o the_o court._n and_o certain_o the_o number_n of_o these_o toy_n be_v infinite_a for_o every_o man_n adore_v and_o reverence_v the_o thing_n that_o best_o like_v he_o without_o any_o order_n or_o measure_n or_o reason_n at_o all_o so_o that_o there_o be_v among_o they_o a_o huge_a multitude_n of_o deville_n in_o sundry_a strange_a and_o terrible_a shape_n many_o there_o be_v that_o carry_v a_o devotion_n to_o dragon_n with_o wing_n which_o they_o nourish_v and_o feed_v in_o their_o own_o private_a house_n give_v unto_o they_o for_o their_o food_n the_o best_a and_o most_o costly_a viand_n that_o they_o have_v other_o keep_v serpent_n of_o horrible_a figure_n some_o worship_v the_o great_a goat_n they_o can_v get_v some_o tiger_n and_o other_o most_o monstrous_a creature_n yea_o the_o more_o uncouth_a &_o deform_v the_o beast_n be_v the_o more_o they_o be_v honour_v some_o hold_v in_o veneration_n certain_a unclean_a fowl_n and_o nightbird_n as_o back_n owl_n and_o screech-owl_n and_o such_o like_a to_o be_v brief_a they_o do_v choose_v for_o their_o god_n diverse_a snake_n and_o adder_n and_o beast_n and_o bird_n and_o herb_n and_o tree_n and_o sundry_a character_n of_o wood_n and_o of_o stone_n &_o the_o figure_n of_o all_o these_o thing_n above_o rehearse_v aswell_o paint_v in_o colour_n as_o grave_v in_o wood_n and_o in_o stone_n and_o in_o such_o other_o stuff_n neither_o do_v they_o only_o content_v themselves_o with_o worship_v the_o say_a creature_n when_o they_o be_v quick_a and_o alive_a but_o also_o the_o very_a skin_n of_o they_o when_o they_o be_v dead_a be_v stuff_v with_o straw_n the_o act_n of_o this_o their_o adoration_n be_v perform_v in_o diverse_a sort_n idol_n all_o whole_o address_v and_o direct_v to_o express_v their_o humility_n as_o by_o kneel_v on_o their_o knee_n by_o cast_v themselves_o grovel_v upon_o the_o earth_n by_o defile_v their_o face_n with_o dust_n by_o make_v their_o prayer_n unto_o their_o idol_n in_o word_n and_o in_o action_n and_o by_o offer_v unto_o they_o the_o best_a part_n of_o the_o substance_n which_o they_o have_v in_o their_o possession_n witches_n they_o have_v moreover_o their_o witch_n which_o make_v the_o foolish_a people_n to_o believe_v that_o their_o idol_n can_v speak_v and_o so_o deceive_v they_o and_o if_o any_o man_n be_v in_o sickness_n or_o infirmity_n will_v recommend_v himself_o unto_o they_o and_o afterwards_o that_o man_n recover_v his_o health_n the_o witch_n will_v persuade_v he_o that_o the_o idol_n have_v be_v angry_a with_o he_o but_o now_o be_v appease_v and_o have_v heal_v he_o and_o this_o be_v in_o part_n that_o which_o be_v use_v among_o the_o mociconghi_a concern_v their_o religion_n before_o they_o
have_v receive_v the_o water_n of_o holy_a baptism_n and_o the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o live_a god_n now_o the_o king_n have_v gather_v together_o all_o these_o abominable_a image_n idol_n and_o put_v they_o into_o diverse_a house_n within_o the_o city_n and_o command_v that_o to_o the_o same_o place_n where_o a_o little_a before_o he_o have_v fight_v and_o vanquish_v his_o brother_n army_n every_o man_n shall_v bring_v a_o burden_n of_o wood_n which_o grow_v to_o be_v a_o great_a heap_n &_o when_o they_o have_v cast_v into_o it_o all_o the_o say_a idol_n &_o picture_n and_o whatsoever_o else_o the_o people_n afore_o that_o time_n hold_v for_o a_o god_n he_o cause_v fire_n to_o be_v set_v unto_o they_o and_o so_o utter_o consume_v they_o when_o he_o have_v thus_o do_v he_o assemble_v all_o his_o people_n together_o and_o in_o steed_n of_o their_o idol_n which_o before_o they_o have_v in_o reverence_n he_o give_v they_o crucifix_n and_o image_n of_o saint_n which_o the_o portugal_n have_v bring_v with_o they_o and_o enjoin_v every_o lord_n that_o every_o one_o in_o the_o city_n of_o his_o own_o government_n and_o regiment_n shall_v build_v a_o church_n government_n and_o set_v up_o cross_n as_o he_o have_v already_o show_v unto_o they_o by_o his_o own_o example_n and_o then_o he_o tell_v they_o and_o the_o rest_n of_o his_o people_n that_o he_o have_v dispatch_v a_o ambassador_n into_o portugal_n to_o fetch_v priest_n that_o shall_v teach_v they_o religion_n and_o administer_v the_o most_o holy_a and_o wholesome_a sacrament_n to_o every_o one_o of_o they_o and_o bring_v with_o they_o diverse_a image_n of_o christ_n of_o the_o virgin_n mother_n and_o of_o other_o saint_n to_o distribute_v among_o they_o in_o the_o mean_a while_o he_o will_v they_o to_o be_v of_o good_a comfort_n and_o to_o remain_v constant_a in_o the_o faith_n but_o they_o have_v so_o lively_o imprint_v the_o same_o in_o their_o heart_n that_o they_o never_o more_o remember_v their_o former_a belief_n in_o false_a and_o lie_a idol_n he_o ordain_v moreover_o that_o there_o shall_v be_v three_o church_n build_v saviour_n one_o in_o reverence_n of_o our_o saviour_n to_o give_v he_o thanks_o for_o the_o victory_n which_o he_o have_v grant_v unto_o he_o wherein_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n do_v lie_v bury_v and_o whereof_o the_o city_n royal_a take_v the_o name_n for_o as_o it_o be_v tell_v you_o before_o it_o be_v call_v s._n saviour_n the_o second_o church_n be_v dedicate_v to_o the_o bless_a virgin_n help_n the_o mother_n of_o god_n call_v our_o lady_n of_o help_n in_o memory_n of_o the_o succour_n which_o he_o have_v against_o his_o enemy_n and_o the_o third_o be_v consecrate_v to_o s._n james_n james_n in_o honour_n and_o remembrance_n of_o the_o miracle_n which_o that_o saint_n have_v wrought_v by_o sight_v in_o the_o favour_n of_o the_o christian_n &_o show_v himself_o on_o horseback_n in_o the_o heat_n of_o the_o battle_n not_o long_a after_o this_o priest_n the_o ship_n arrive_v from_o portugal_n with_o many_o man_n that_o be_v skifull_a in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n and_o diverse_a religious_a friar_n of_o the_o order_n of_o s._n francis_n and_o of_o saint_n dominike_n and_o of_o saint_n austin_n with_o sundry_a other_o priest_n who_o with_o great_a charity_n and_o fervency_n of_o spirit_n sow_v and_o disperse_v the_o catholic_a faith_n over_o all_o the_o country_n which_o be_v present_o embrace_v by_o all_o the_o people_n of_o the_o kingdom_n who_o hold_v the_o say_v priest_n in_o so_o high_a reverence_n that_o they_o worship_v they_o like_o saint_n by_o kneel_v unto_o they_o and_o kiss_v their_o hand_n and_o receive_v their_o blessing_n as_o often_o as_o they_o meet_v they_o in_o the_o street_n these_o priest_n be_v arrive_v into_o their_o several_a province_n do_v instruct_v the_o people_n in_o the_o faith_n of_o christ_n and_o take_v unto_o they_o certain_a of_o the_o naturals_n of_o the_o country_n they_o teach_v they_o the_o true_a heavenly_a doctrine_n whereby_o they_o may_v the_o better_o declare_v the_o same_o to_o their_o own_o countryman_n in_o their_o own_o proper_a language_n so_o that_o in_o process_n of_o time_n the_o catholic_a faith_n be_v root_v over_o all_o those_o country_n in_o such_o sort_n as_o it_o persever_v and_o continue_v there_o even_o till_o this_o day_n although_o it_o have_v endure_v some_o small_a hindrance_n as_o in_o convenient_a place_n we_o shall_v show_v unto_o you_o chap._n 4._o the_o death_n of_o the_o king_n don_n alfonso_n and_o the_o succession_n of_o don_n piedro_n how_o the_o island_n of_o saint_n thomas_n be_v first_o inhabit_v and_o of_o the_o bishop_n that_o be_v send_v thither_o other_o great_a accident_n that_o happen_v by_o occasion_n of_o religion_n the_o death_n of_o two_o king_n by_o the_o conspiracy_n of_o the_o portugal_n &_o the_o lord_n of_o congo_n how_o the_o king_n lineage_n be_v quite_o extinguish_v the_o banishment_n of_o the_o portugal_n while_o these_o matter_n be_v thus_o in_o work_v for_o the_o service_n of_o god_n &_o that_o christianity_n be_v now_o begin_v and_o increase_v with_o so_o happy_a success_n die_v it_o please_v god_n to_o call_v away_o to_o himself_o the_o king_n don_n alfonso_n who_o at_o the_o time_n of_o his_o death_n yield_v great_a sign_n which_o beautify_v and_o exalt_v his_o former_a life_n for_o he_o die_v in_o great_a faith_n declare_v that_o his_o hour_n be_v now_o come_v and_o discourse_v of_o the_o christian_a religion_n with_o so_o great_a confidence_n and_o charity_n as_o it_o evident_o appear_v that_o the_o cross_n and_o passion_n &_o the_o true_a belief_n in_o our_o saviour_n jesus_n christ_n be_v imprint_v in_o the_o root_n of_o his_o heart_n he_o to_o don_n piedro_n his_o son_n &_o successor_n he_o do_v especial_o &_o principal_o recommend_v the_o christian_a doctrine_n which_o in_o deed_n follow_v the_o example_n of_o his_o father_n he_o do_v maintain_v and_o uphold_v according_o in_o his_o time_n there_o begin_v to_o sail_v into_o these_o quarter_n a_o great_a number_n of_o vessel_n inhabit_v and_o the_o island_n of_o s._n thomas_n be_v inhabit_v with_o portugal_n by_o the_o king_n commandment_n for_o before_o those_o day_n it_o be_v all_o waste_n and_o desert_n within_o land_n and_o inhabit_v only_o upon_o the_o shore_n by_o a_o few_o sailor_n that_o come_v from_o the_o country_n adjoin_v but_o when_o this_o island_n in_o process_n of_o time_n be_v well_o people_v with_o portugal_n congo_n and_o other_o nation_n that_o come_v thither_o by_o licence_n of_o the_o king_n and_o become_v to_o be_v of_o great_a traffic_n and_o be_v till_v and_o sow_v the_o king_n send_v thither_o a_o bishop_n to_o govern_v the_o christian_n that_o be_v in_o that_o island_n and_o those_o also_o that_o be_v in_o congo_n which_o the_o say_a bishop_n do_v accomplish_v present_o upon_o his_o arrival_n and_o afterwards_o in_o congo_n where_o he_o take_v possession_n of_o his_o pastoral_a charge_n when_o he_o be_v come_v into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n it_o be_v a_o thing_n incredible_a to_o see_v congo_n with_o how_o great_a joy_n he_o be_v entertain_v by_o the_o king_n and_o all_o his_o people_n for_o from_o the_o sea_n side_n even_o unto_o the_o city_n be_v the_o space_n of_o a_o hundred_o and_o fifty_o mile_n he_o cause_v the_o street_n to_o be_v make_v smooth_a and_o trim_a and_o to_o be_v cover_v all_o over_o with_o mat_n command_v the_o people_n that_o for_o a_o certain_a space_n several_o appoint_v unto_o they_o they_o shall_v prepare_v the_o way_n in_o such_o sort_n that_o the_o bishop_n shall_v not_o set_v his_o foot_n upon_o any_o part_n of_o the_o ground_n which_o be_v not_o adorn_v but_o it_o be_v a_o far_o great_a wonder_n to_o behold_v all_o the_o country_n thereabouts_o and_o all_o the_o tree_n and_o all_o the_o place_n that_o be_v high_a than_o the_o rest_n swarm_v with_o man_n and_o woman_n that_o run_v forth_o to_o see_v the_o bishop_n as_o a_o man_n that_o be_v holy_a and_o send_v from_o god_n offer_v unto_o he_o some_o of_o they_o lamb_n some_o kid_n some_o chicken_n some_o partridge_n some_o venison_n and_o some_o fish_n and_o other_o kind_n of_o victual_n in_o such_o abundance_n that_o he_o know_v not_o what_o to_o do_v withal_o but_o leave_v it_o behind_o he_o whereby_o he_o may_v well_o know_v the_o great_a zeal_n and_o obedience_n of_o these_o new_a christian_n and_o above_o all_o other_o thing_n it_o be_v to_o be_v note_v for_o a_o memorable_a matter_n that_o the_o bishop_n go_v on_o his_o way_n there_o meet_v he_o a_o innumerable_a multitude_n of_o man_n &_o woman_n and_o girl_n and_o boy_n and_o person_n of_o fourscore_o year_n of_o age_n and_o above_o that_o cross_v he_o in_o the_o street_n and_o with_o singular_a token_n of_o true_a belief_n
require_v the_o water_n of_o holy_a baptism_n at_o his_o hand_n neither_o will_v they_o suffer_v he_o to_o pass_v until_o he_o have_v give_v it_o they_o so_o that_o to_o satisfy_v their_o desire_n he_o be_v great_o stay_v in_o his_o voyage_n and_o be_v fain_o to_o carry_v water_n with_o he_o in_o certain_a vessel_n and_o salt_n and_o other_o provision_n necessary_a for_o that_o action_n but_o i_o will_v leave_v to_o report_v unto_o you_o all_o the_o welcome_a and_o entertainment_n that_o be_v make_v unto_o he_o in_o every_o place_n where_o he_o come_v and_o the_o lively_a joy_n that_o general_o and_o particular_o be_v show_v for_o the_o come_n of_o this_o bishop_n and_o now_o i_o will_v tell_v you_o that_o he_o arrive_v at_o the_o city_n of_o saint_n saviour_n where_o he_o be_v meet_v by_o the_o priest_n and_o by_o the_o king_n and_o by_o all_o the_o court_n and_o so_o in_o procession_n enter_v into_o the_o church_n &_o after_o due_a thanks_o give_v to_o god_n he_o be_v conduct_v to_o his_o lodging_n that_o be_v assign_v unto_o he_o by_o the_o king_n cross_n and_o then_o present_o he_o begin_v to_o reform_v &_o reduce_v to_o good_a order_n the_o church_n itself_o and_o the_o friar_n and_o priest_n that_o dwell_v therein_o ordain_v the_o say_a church_n to_o be_v the_o cathedral_n church_n of_o saint_n cross_n which_o at_o that_o time_n have_v belong_v unto_o it_o twenty_o and_o eight_o cannon_n with_o their_o chaplain_n and_o a_o master_n of_o the_o chapel_n with_o singer_n and_o organ_n and_o bell_n and_o all_o other_o furniture_n meet_v to_o execute_v divine_a service_n but_o this_o bishop_n who_o labour_v in_o the_o lord_n vineyard_n sometime_o in_o congo_n and_o sometime_o in_o the_o isle_n of_o saint_n thomas_n go_v and_o come_v continual_o by_o ship_n the_o space_n of_o twenty_o day_n and_o still_o leave_v behind_o he_o his_o vicar_n in_o the_o place_n where_o he_o himself_o be_v absent_a die_v at_o the_o last_o die_v &_o be_v bury_v in_o the_o island_n of_o s._n thomas_n after_o this_o bishop_n succeed_v another_o bishop_n in_o congo_n be_v a_o negro_n and_o descend_v of_o the_o blood_n royal_a who_o before_o have_v be_v send_v by_o king_n alfonso_n first_o into_o portugal_n and_o afterwards_o to_o rome_n where_o he_o learn_v the_o latin_a tongue_n and_o the_o christian_a religion_n but_o be_v return_v into_o portugal_n and_o land_v out_o of_o his_o ship_n die_v to_o go_v and_o enter_v upon_o his_o bishopric_n of_o s._n saviour_n he_o die_v by_o the_o way_n whereupon_o the_o kingdom_n remain_v without_o a_o pastor_n for_o the_o space_n of_o diverse_a year_n don_n piedro_n also_o the_o king_n aforesaid_a dye_v likewise_o without_o child_n die_v and_o there_o succeed_v he_o his_o brother_n call_v don_n francisco_n who_o in_o like_a manner_n last_v but_o a_o while_n and_o then_o be_v create_v the_o five_o king_n name_v don_n diego_n king_n who_o be_v next_o of_o all_o the_o race_n royal_a a_o man_n of_o haughty_a courage_n and_o magnifical_a and_o witty_a of_o a_o very_a good_a disposition_n wise_a in_o counsel_n and_o above_o all_o other_o quality_n a_o maintainer_n of_o christian_a faith_n and_o in_o brief_a so_o great_a a_o warrior_n he_o be_v that_o in_o few_o year_n he_o conquer_v all_o the_o country_n adjoin_v he_o love_v the_o portugese_n very_o much_o so_o that_o he_o forsake_v the_o usual_a garment_n of_o his_o own_o natural_a country_n &_o attire_v himself_o after_o the_o portugal_n fashion_n he_o be_v very_o sumptuous_a aswell_o in_o his_o apparel_n sumptuous_a as_o also_o in_o the_o ornament_n and_o furniture_n of_o his_o palace_n he_o be_v beside_o very_o courteous_a and_o liberal_a and_o will_v bestow_v large_o both_o upon_o his_o own_o subject_n and_o also_o upon_o the_o portugal_n with_o great_a cost_n will_v he_o provide_v and_o buy_v such_o stuff_n as_o please_v he_o and_o will_v often_o say_v that_o rare_a thing_n shall_v not_o be_v in_o the_o hand_n of_o any_o but_o only_o of_o king_n he_o use_v to_o wear_v one_o suit_n of_o apparel_n but_o once_o or_o twice_o and_o then_o he_o will_v give_v it_o away_o to_o his_o follower_n whereupon_o the_o portugal_n perceive_v that_o he_o do_v so_o great_o esteem_v cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o arras_n &_o such_o other_o costly_a household_n stuff_n they_o bring_v great_a store_n thereof_o out_o of_o portugal_n so_o that_o at_o that_o time_n arras-hanging_n and_o cloth_n of_o gold_n and_o of_o silk_n and_o such_o like_a lordly_a furniture_n begin_v to_o be_v of_o great_a estimation_n in_o that_o kingdom_n in_o the_o time_n of_o this_o king_n there_o be_v a_o third_o bishop_n of_o saint_n thomas_n and_o congo_n by_o nation_n a_o portugal_n who_o with_o the_o usual_a ceremony_n be_v entertain_v both_o by_o the_o way_n congo_n and_o also_o in_o the_o court_n at_o saint_n saviour_n and_o now_o the_o devil_n the_o common_a enemy_n of_o christian_a religion_n be_v much_o grieve_v with_o the_o happy_a success_n and_o promote_a of_o the_o catholic_a faith_n begin_v to_o sow_v his_o darnell_n of_o division_n between_o the_o friar_n and_o priest_n bishop_n and_o their_o new_a bishop_n which_o spring_v up_o and_o arise_v from_o the_o long_a liberty_n wherein_o they_o have_v now_o live_v so_o many_o year_n without_o a_o pastor_n so_o that_o every_o man_n esteem_v himself_o not_o only_o to_o be_v as_o good_a as_o the_o bishop_n but_o also_o to_o be_v a_o far_o better_a man_n than_o he_o be_v and_o therefore_o will_v yield_v no_o obedience_n to_o their_o prelate_n in_o such_o sort_n that_o there_o be_v raise_v among_o they_o so_o great_a a_o discord_n &_o dissension_n as_o it_o wrought_v a_o grievous_a scandal_n and_o wicked_a example_n among_o the_o people_n but_o the_o king_n like_o a_o good_a catholic_a and_o a_o faithful_a do_v always_o maintain_v the_o bishop_n part_n and_o to_o cut_v of_o these_o trouble_n and_o stir_v he_o send_v some_o of_o these_o priest_n to_o prison_n into_o portugal_n and_o other_o into_o the_o isle_n of_o saint_n thomas_n and_o some_o other_o go_v away_o with_o all_o their_o substance_n of_o their_o own_o accord_n and_o by_o these_o mean_n the_o doctrine_n of_o these_o minister_n in_o steed_n of_o increase_a do_v great_o diminish_v through_o their_o own_o default_n neither_o be_v our_o common_a adversary_n herewithal_o content_v but_o will_v needs_o proceed_v further_o by_o set_v discord_n between_o king_n and_o subject_n slay_v for_o after_o the_o death_n of_o this_o king_n there_o start_v up_o three_o prince_n at_o once_o to_o challenge_v the_o succession_n the_o first_o be_v the_o king_n son_n who_o few_o of_o they_o favour_v because_o they_o desire_v to_o have_v another_o so_o that_o he_o be_v slay_v incontinent_o the_o two_o other_o that_o remain_v be_v of_o the_o blood_n royal_a one_o of_o they_o be_v create_v king_n by_o his_o favourite_n and_o follower_n with_o the_o good_a like_n of_o the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o people_n but_o utter_o against_o the_o mind_n of_o the_o portugal_n and_o certain_a of_o the_o lord_n who_o aim_v and_o endeavour_v to_o set_v up_o the_o other_o insomuch_o as_o the_o foresay_a lord_n together_o with_o the_o portugal_n go_v into_o the_o church_n to_o kill_v the_o king_n elect_v make_v this_o reckon_n with_o themselves_o that_o if_o they_o slay_v he_o the_o other_o must_v of_o necessity_n be_v make_v king_n but_o at_o that_o very_a self_n same_o time_n those_o of_o the_o contrary_a faction_n have_v slay_v the_o king_n that_o be_v already_o make_v by_o the_o portugal_n persuade_v themselves_o assure_o that_o he_o be_v dead_a there_o will_v be_v no_o difficulty_n for_o they_o to_o obtain_v the_o state_n for_o their_o king_n because_o there_o be_v none_o other_o least_o that_o by_o law_n can_v challenge_v the_o sceptre_n royal_a and_o thus_o in_o a_o hour_n and_o in_o two_o several_a place_n be_v these_o two_o king_n murder_v at_o once_o in_o these_o conspiracy_n and_o slaughter_n when_o the_o people_n see_v disperse_v that_o there_o be_v no_o lawful_a person_n leave_v to_o enjoy_v the_o royal_a crown_n they_o lay_v all_o the_o blame_n upon_o the_o portugese_n who_o be_v the_o causer_n of_o all_o these_o mischief_n and_o thereupon_o they_o turn_v themselves_o against_o they_o and_o slay_v as_o many_o of_o they_o as_o they_o can_v find_v only_o they_o spare_v the_o priest_n and_o will_v not_o touch_v they_o nor_o any_o other_o that_o dwell_v in_o other_o place_n see_v therefore_o as_o before_o be_v say_v that_o there_o be_v none_o of_o the_o blood_n royal_a leave_v to_o be_v place_v in_o the_o government_n king_n they_o make_v choice_n of_o one_o don_n henrico_n brother_n to_o don_n diego_n the_o king_n decease_v and_o this_o henrico_n go_v to_o war_n against_o the_o anzichi_n leave_v behind_o he_o in_o his_o
steed_n for_o governor_n under_o the_o title_n of_o king_n one_o don_n alvaro_n a_o young_a man_n of_o twenty_o and_o five_o year_n of_o age_n son_n to_o his_o wife_n by_o another_o husband_n cease_v but_o don-henrico_n die_v short_o after_o the_o war_n be_v end_v and_o thereupon_o the_o say_a don_n alvaro_n be_v with_o the_o common_a consent_n of_o they_o all_o elect_a king_n of_o congo_n and_o general_o obey_v of_o every_o man_n and_o thus_o fail_v the_o royal_a stock_n of_o the_o ancient_a king_n of_o congo_n in_o the_o person_n of_o don_n henrico_n but_o don_n alvaro_n be_v a_o man_n of_o good_a judgement_n and_o governenent_n and_o of_o a_o mild_a disposition_n so_o that_o he_o do_v present_o appease_v all_o these_o tumult_n in_o his_o kingdom_n &_o cause_v all_o the_o portugese_n that_o by_o the_o last_o war_n be_v disperse_v over_o all_o the_o country_n thereabouts_o portugese_n to_o be_v gather_v together_o aswell_o religious_a person_n as_o lay_v man_n &_o by_o their_o mean_n he_o be_v much_o better_o confirm_v in_o the_o catholic_a faith_n then_o he_o be_v before_o moreover_o he_o use_v they_o very_o courteous_o and_o clear_v they_o of_o all_o fault_n that_o be_v lay_v to_o their_o charge_n declare_v unto_o they_o by_o gentle_a discourse_n that_o they_o have_v not_o be_v the_o occasion_n of_o the_o former_a trouble_n as_o every_o man_n will_v confess_v and_o acknowledge_v and_o to_o that_o effect_n he_o determine_v with_o himself_o to_o write_v a_o large_a information_n touch_v all_o these_o accident_n to_o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n and_o to_o the_o bishop_n of_o s._n thomas_n which_o he_o do_v according_o and_o dispatch_v certain_a messenger_n unto_o they_o with_o his_o letter_n when_o the_o bishop_n of_o s._n thomas_n understode_v these_o news_n he_o be_v very_o glad_a thereof_o congo_n and_o whereas_o before_o he_o dare_v not_o adventure_v to_o go_v into_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n in_o the_o heat_n of_o all_o those_o trouble_n he_o do_v now_o present_o take_v ship_n and_o sail_v thither_o where_o he_o employ_v himself_o whole_o with_o all_o his_o authority_n to_o pacify_v the_o former_a dissension_n and_o to_o set_v down_o order_n for_o all_o such_o matter_n as_o concern_v the_o worship_n of_o god_n and_o the_o office_n of_o his_o priest_n and_o a_o while_n after_o he_o have_v so_o do_v he_o return_v to_o his_o habitation_n in_o the_o isle_n of_o saint_n thomas_n die_v where_o by_o mean_n of_o sickness_n he_o finish_v his_o day_n and_o this_o be_v the_o three_o time_n that_o those_o part_n remain_v without_o a_o bishop_n now_o it_o come_v to_o pass_v licentious_o that_o for_o want_v of_o bishop_n the_o king_n and_o the_o lord_n and_o the_o people_n likewise_o begin_v to_o wax_v cold_a in_o the_o christian_a religion_n every_o man_n addict_v himself_o licentious_o to_o the_o liberty_n of_o the_o flesh_n and_o especial_o the_o king_n who_o be_v induce_v thereunto_o by_o diverse_a young_a man_n of_o his_o own_o age_n that_o do_v familiar_o converse_v with_o he_o king_n among_o who_o there_o be_v one_o principal_a man_n that_o be_v both_o a_o lord_n and_o his_o kinsman_n call_v don_n francisco_n bullamatare_fw-la that_o be_v to_o say_v catch-stone_n this_o man_n because_o he_o be_v a_o great_a lord_n and_o whole_o estrange_v from_o all_o instruction_n of_o christianity_n walk_v inordinate_o after_o his_o own_o pleasure_n and_o do_v not_o stick_v to_o defend_v open_o that_o it_o be_v a_o very_a vain_a thing_n to_o keep_v but_o one_o wife_n and_o therefore_o it_o be_v better_a to_o return_v to_o their_o former_a ancient_a custom_n and_o so_o by_o his_o mean_n do_v the_o devil_n open_v a_o gate_n to_o the_o overthrow_n and_o destruction_n of_o the_o church_n of_o christ_n in_o that_o kingdom_n which_o until_o that_o time_n with_o so_o great_a pain_n and_o travail_n have_v be_v there_o establish_v but_o afterwards_o the_o man_n do_v so_o wander_v and_o stray_v out_o of_o the_o way_n of_o truth_n that_o he_o fall_v from_o one_o sin_n to_o another_o and_o in_o the_o end_n quite_o relinquish_v and_o abandon_v all_o true_a religion_n die_v yet_o at_o the_o last_o the_o say_v francisco_n die_v and_o be_v solemn_o bury_v like_o a_o noble_a lord_n in_o the_o churcb_n of_o saint_n cross_n although_o he_o be_v notorious_o suspect_v and_o spot_v for_o his_o false_a religion_n but_o it_o fall_v out_o and_o a_o marvelous_a case_n it_o be_v to_o confirm_v the_o righteous_a in_o their_o good_a belief_n &_o to_o terrify_v the_o wicked_a that_o in_o the_o night_n time_n certain_a spirit_n of_o the_o devil_n uncover_v a_o part_n of_o the_o roof_n of_o s._n cross_n church_n where_o he_o be_v inter_v and_o with_o a_o great_a and_o horrible_a noise_n which_o be_v hear_v all_o over_o the_o city_n they_o draw_v he_o out_o of_o his_o tomb_n and_o carry_v he_o away_o and_o in_o the_o morning_n the_o church_n door_n be_v find_v shut_v the_o roof_n break_v and_o the_o grave_n without_o the_o body_n of_o the_o man_n by_o this_o extraordinary_a sign_n the_o king_n be_v at_o the_o first_o advertise_v of_o the_o great_a fault_n that_o he_o have_v commit_v and_o so_o be_v the_o rest_n also_o that_o follow_v he_o in_o his_o course_n but_o notwithstanding_o because_o there_o be_v no_o bishop_n in_o that_o kingdom_n to_o give_v he_o good_a counsel_n and_o the_o king_n but_o a_o young_a man_n and_o unmarried_a although_o he_o remain_v somewhat_o sound_a in_o the_o christian_a faith_n yet_o he_o continue_v still_o in_o the_o licentiousness_n of_o the_o flesh_n until_o such_o time_n as_o god_n have_v chastise_v he_o with_o another_o severe_a discipline_n as_o you_o shall_v hereafter_o understand_v chap._n 5._o the_o incursion_n of_o the_o people_n call_v giachas_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n their_o condition_n and_o weapon_n and_o the_o take_n of_o the_o royal_a city_n for_o not_o long_o after_o weapon_n there_o come_v to_o rob_v and_o spoil_v the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n certain_a nation_n that_o live_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o arabian_n and_o of_o the_o ancient_a nomades_n and_o be_v call_v giachas_n their_o habitation_n or_o dwell_n be_v about_o the_o first_o lake_n of_o the_o river_n nilus_n in_o a_o province_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o moenemugi_n a_o cruel_a people_n they_o be_v and_o a_o murderous_a of_o a_o great_a stature_n and_o horrible_a countenance_n feed_v with_o man_n flesh_n fierce_a in_o battle_n and_o valorous_a in_o courage_n their_o weapon_n be_v pavise_n or_o targates_o dart_n and_o dagger_n otherwise_o they_o go_v all_o naked_a in_o their_o fashion_n and_o daily_a course_n of_o live_v they_o be_v very_o savage_a and_o wild_a they_o have_v no_o king_n to_o govern_v they_o and_o they_o lead_v their_o life_n in_o the_o forest_n under_o cabin_n and_o cottage_n like_o shepherd_n this_o people_n go_v wander_v up_o and_o down_o destroy_v and_o put_v to_o fire_n and_o sword_n and_o rob_v and_o spoil_v all_o the_o country_n that_o they_o pass_v through_o till_o they_o come_v to_o the_o realm_n of_o congo_n batta_n which_o they_o enter_v on_o that_o side_n where_o the_o province_n of_o batta_n lie_v those_o that_o first_o come_v forth_o to_o make_v resistance_n against_o they_o they_o overthrow_v and_o then_o address_v themselves_o towards_o the_o city_n of_o congo_n congo_n where_o the_o king_n remain_v at_o that_o time_n in_o great_a perplexity_n for_o this_o victory_n that_o his_o enemy_n have_v get_v in_o the_o country_n of_o batta_n yet_o some_o comfort_n he_o take_v to_o himself_o and_o go_v out_o against_o his_o adversary_n with_o such_o soldier_n as_o he_o have_v &_o in_o the_o same_o place_n where_o in_o time_n past_o mani-pango_a fight_v with_o the_o king_n don_n alfonso_n he_o join_v battle_n with_o they_o in_o which_o encounter_n the_o king_n be_v half_o discomfit_v retire_v into_o the_o city_n wherein_o when_o he_o perceyve_v that_o he_o can_v not_o remain_v in_o good_a safety_n be_v utter_o forsake_v of_o the_o grace_n of_o god_n by_o reason_n of_o his_o sin_n and_o not_o have_v that_o confidence_n in_o he_o that_o don_n alfonso_n have_v he_o think_v good_a to_o leave_v it_o for_o a_o pray_v to_o his_o adversary_n and_o to_o betake_v himself_o io_o a_o island_n within_o the_o river_n zaire_n call_v isola_n del_fw-it cavallo_n that_o be_v to_o say_v horse_n the_o isle_n of_o horse_n where_o he_o continue_v with_o certain_a portugal_n priest_n and_o other_o principal_a lord_n of_o his_o kingdom_n kingdom_n and_o thus_o be_v the_o giachi_n become_v lord_n and_o master_n of_o the_o city_n royal_a and_o of_o the_o whole_a realm_n for_o the_o natural_a inhabitant_n flee_v away_o and_o save_v themselves_o in_o the_o mountain_n &_o desert_a place_n but_o the_o enemy_n burn_v and_o waste_v city_n and_o church_n &_o all_o and_o spare_v
no_o man_n life_n so_o that_o have_v divide_v themselves_o into_o several_a army_n they_o rule_v and_o govern_v sometime_o in_o one_o province_n and_o sometime_o in_o another_o over_o all_o the_o kingdom_n with_o this_o persecution_n do_v god_n general_o afflict_v and_o chastise_v all_o the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o say_a kingdom_n of_o congo_n the_o king_n himself_o the_o lord_n the_o people_n the_o portugal_n and_o their_o clergy_n every_o one_o in_o their_o degree_n and_o call_v as_o for_o the_o poor_a people_n they_o go_v wander_v like_o vagabond_n over_o all_o the_o country_n famine_n and_o perish_v for_o hunger_n and_o want_n of_o necessary_n and_o for_o the_o king_n with_o those_o that_o follow_v he_o and_o have_v save_v themselves_o in_o the_o island_n they_o also_o because_o the_o isle_n be_v very_o little_a and_o the_o multitude_n great_a be_v oppress_v with_o so_o terrible_a a_o scarcity_n of_o victual_n that_o the_o most_o part_n of_o they_o die_v by_o famine_n and_o pestilence_n for_o this_o dearth_n so_o increase_v and_o meat_n arise_v to_o so_o excessive_a a_o rate_n that_o for_o a_o very_a small_a pittance_n god_n wot_v they_o be_v fain_o to_o give_v the_o price_n of_o a_o slave_n who_o they_o be_v wont_a to_o sell_v for_o ten_o crown_n at_o the_o least_o so_o that_o the_o father_n be_v of_o necessity_n constrain_v to_o sell_v his_o own_o son_n and_o the_o brother_n his_o brother_n and_o so_o every_o man_n to_o provide_v his_o victual_n by_o all_o manner_n of_o wickedness_n the_o person_n that_o be_v sell_v for_o the_o satisfy_n of_o other_o man_n hunger_n be_v buy_v by_o the_o portugal_n merchant_n that_o come_v from_o s._n thomas_n with_o their_o ship_n lade_v with_o victual_n those_o that_o sell_v they_o say_v they_o be_v slave_n and_o those_o that_o be_v sell_v justify_v and_o confirm_v the_o same_o because_o they_o be_v desirous_a to_o be_v rid_v of_o their_o greedy_a torment_n portugal_n and_o by_o this_o occasion_n there_o be_v no_o small_a quantity_n of_o slave_n that_o be_v bear_v in_o congo_n sell_v upon_o this_o necessity_n and_o send_v to_o the_o isle_n of_o s._n thomas_n &_o to_o portugal_n among_o who_o there_o be_v some_o of_o the_o blood_n royal_a and_o some_o other_o principal_a lord_n by_o this_o affliction_n the_o king_n do_v manifest_o learn_v &_o know_v that_o all_o these_o great_a misery_n and_o adversity_n abound_v for_o his_o misdeed_n and_o although_o he_o be_v not_o much_o punish_v with_o hunger_n dropsy_n because_o he_o be_v a_o king_n yet_o he_o do_v not_o escape_v the_o cruel_a infirmity_n of_o the_o dropsy_n that_o make_v his_o leg_n to_o swell_v exceed_o which_o disease_n be_v engender_v partly_o by_o the_o air_n and_o very_o ill_a diet_n and_o partly_o by_o the_o moistness_n of_o the_o island_n and_o so_o it_o accompany_v he_o even_o until_o his_o death_n but_o in_o the_o mean_a while_n be_v strike_v to_o the_o hart_n with_o these_o misfortune_n and_o calamity_n he_o convert_v and_o turn_v to_o god_n require_v pardon_n for_o his_o offence_n and_o do_v penance_n for_o his_o sin_n and_o then_o be_v counsel_v and_o advise_v by_o the_o portugal_n that_o he_o shall_v send_v to_o request_v succour_n of_o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n succour_n by_o certain_a ambassador_n that_o may_v recount_v unto_o he_o all_o the_o mischief_n which_o have_v light_v upon_o he_o this_o embassage_n be_v according_o perform_v at_o the_o same_o time_n that_o the_o k._n don_n sebastiano_n begin_v his_o reign_n he_o who_o with_o great_a speed_n and_o kindness_n send_v he_o succour_n by_o a_o captain_n call_v francisco_n di_fw-it govea_n a_o man_n well_o exercise_v in_o diverse_a war_n both_o in_o india_n and_o also_o in_o africa_n who_o lead_v with_o he_o six_o hundred_o soldier_n and_o many_o gentleman_n adventurer_n that_o do_v accompany_v he_o chap._n 6._o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n send_v aid_v and_o a_o ambassador_n to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o mettle_n mine_n which_o abound_v in_o congo_n be_v deny_v the_o king_n of_o portugal_n at_o the_o same_o time_n the_o king_n of_o congo_n dispatch_v ambassador_n to_o the_o king_n of_o spain_n to_o request_v priest_n of_o he_o &_o what_o befall_v unto_o they_o he_o send_v diverse_a proof_n of_o the_o metal_n the_o vow_n of_o odoardo_n lopes_n this_o captain_n francisco_n di_fw-it govea_n congo_n carry_v with_o he_o a_o commandment_n from_o his_o king_n that_o the_o island_n of_o saint_n thomas_n shall_v provide_v he_o ship_n and_o victual_n and_o whatsoever_o else_o be_v requisite_a for_o this_o enterprise_n and_o with_o this_o provision_n he_o arrive_v at_o the_o last_o in_o the_o isle_n of_o horse_n where_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n be_v resident_a in_o who_o company_n the_o portugal_n depart_v from_o thence_o &_o gather_v together_o all_o the_o man_n of_o war_n in_o that_o country_n with_o all_o speed_n possible_a put_v themselves_o onwards_o against_o their_o adversary_n and_o fight_v with_o they_o sundry_a time_n in_o plain_a battle_n so_o that_o at_o the_o end_n of_o one_o year_n and_o a_o half_a they_o restore_v the_o king_n into_o his_o former_a estate_n which_o victory_n they_o achieve_v in_o deed_n by_o the_o noise_n and_o force_n of_o their_o harquebuse_n for_o the_o giachi_n be_v exceed_o afraid_a of_o that_o weapon_n rather_o then_o by_o the_o valour_n and_o strength_n of_o their_o soldier_n and_o so_o they_o be_v in_o spite_n of_o their_o tooth_n drive_v out_o of_o the_o realm_n of_o congo_n &_o but_o few_o of_o they_o there_o be_v that_o return_v home_o again_o to_o see_v their_o friend_n priest_n but_o the_o portugal_n captain_n stay_v there_o for_o the_o space_n of_o four_o year_n to_o settle_v the_o king_n in_o his_o kingdom_n and_o then_o return_v into_o portugal_n with_o letter_n of_o request_n to_o his_o king_n that_o he_o will_v send_v over_o some_o more_o priest_n to_o uphold_v and_o maintain_v the_o christian_a religion_n howbeit_o a_o number_n of_o portugal_n that_o come_v by_o ship_n with_o he_o remain_v behind_o he_o in_o these_o country_n and_o be_v at_o this_o day_n become_v very_o rich_a and_o wealthy_a man_n and_o the_o king_n be_v thus_o establish_v in_o his_o former_a degree_n and_o the_o kingdom_n all_o in_o quiet_a and_o peace_n become_v a_o very_a good_a christian_n and_o marry_v the_o lady_n catarina_n marry_v who_o be_v yet_o alive_a by_o who_o he_o have_v four_o daughter_n and_o by_o certain_a maidservant_n which_o he_o keep_v two_o son_n and_o one_o daughter_n and_o because_o in_o those_o region_n the_o woman_n do_v not_o succeed_v there_o remain_v as_o heir_n of_o his_o kingdom_n his_o elder_a son_n call_v also_o don_n alvaro_n who_o live_v at_o this_o day_n during_o the_o time_n mine_n that_o the_o foresay_a captain_n stay_v in_o congo_n the_o king_n of_o portugal_n don_n sebastiano_n understanding_n that_o there_o be_v in_o that_o kingdom_n diverse_a cave_n and_o mine_n of_o silver_n of_o gold_n &_o other_o metal_n send_v thither_o two_o person_n that_o be_v cunning_a and_o skilful_a in_o that_o art_n for_o therein_o they_o have_v serve_v the_o castilian_n in_o the_o west_n to_o make_v search_n for_o they_o and_o to_o draw_v some_o profit_n thereof_o but_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n be_v by_o a_o certain_a portugal_n policy_n call_v francisco_n barbuto_n that_o be_v his_o confessor_n and_o great_a familiar_a persuade_v to_o the_o contrary_a that_o he_o shall_v not_o in_o any_o case_n suffer_v those_o mine_n to_o be_v discover_v signify_v unto_o he_o that_o thereby_o peradventure_o the_o free_a enjoy_n and_o possession_n of_o his_o kingdom_n may_v by_o little_a and_o little_o be_v take_v quite_o from_o he_o and_o therefore_o advise_v he_o that_o he_o will_v cause_v these_o skilful_a master_n to_o be_v lead_v and_o guide_v by_o some_o other_o way_n where_o he_o know_v there_o be_v no_o metal-mine_n to_o be_v find_v which_o he_o do_v according_o but_o assure_o it_o grow_v afterwards_o to_o a_o great_a mischief_n that_o the_o king_n will_v not_o suffer_v this_o art_n of_o dig_v and_o melt_v of_o metal_n melt_v so_o great_o esteem_v over_o all_o europe_n to_o be_v exercise_v in_o congo_n for_o thereupon_o begin_v the_o great_a trade_n and_o traffic_v in_o that_o country_n to_o cease_v and_o the_o portugal_n merchant_n do_v not_o great_o care_v for_o venture_v thither_o or_o dwell_v there_o any_o more_o and_o so_o consequent_o very_o few_o priest_n resort_v among_o they_o so_o that_o aswell_o upon_o these_o occasion_n as_o also_o for_o other_o such_o cause_n afore_o rehearse_v the_o christian_a religion_n wax_v so_o cold_a in_o congo_n that_o it_o want_v very_o little_a of_o be_v utter_o extinguish_v but_o the_o king_n don_n alvaro_n as_o it_o have_v be_v tell_v you_o after_o all_o these_o mighty_a affliction_n lay_v
upon_o he_o by_o the_o hand_n of_o god_n for_o the_o punishment_n of_o the_o sin_n which_o he_o have_v commit_v against_o religion_n have_v acknowledge_v his_o error_n and_o become_v a_o good_a christian_a cherish_v the_o portugese_n who_o he_o call_v his_o son_n priest_n and_o do_v they_o all_o the_o pleasure_n he_o can_v especial_o and_o above_o all_o thing_n he_o cease_v not_o still_o to_o send_v new_a ambassador_n into_o portugal_n with_o earnest_a request_n that_o he_o may_v have_v more_o priest_n and_o such_o as_o be_v skilful_a in_o the_o holy_a scripture_n to_o maintain_v the_o catholic_a faith_n which_o be_v now_o almost_o utter_o forget_v in_o that_o realm_n only_o for_o want_v of_o religious_a person_n that_o shall_v teach_v the_o people_n and_o administer_v the_o sacrament_n and_o not_o for_o any_o fault_n of_o their_o good_a will_n for_o they_o be_v marvellous_o well_o incline_v and_o affect_v to_o the_o holy_a faith_n after_o that_o the_o aforesaid_a captain_n be_v arrive_v in_o portugal_n priest_n and_o have_v present_v the_o request_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n to_o his_o king_n who_o be_v also_o but_o a_o young_a man_n he_o have_v none_o other_o answer_n from_o he_o but_o word_n and_o promise_n that_o he_o will_v have_v a_o care_n of_o the_o matter_n that_o be_v demand_v but_o in_o the_o mean_a while_o he_o provide_v neither_o priest_n nor_o divine_n to_o be_v send_v for_o congo_n whereupon_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n dispatch_v again_o another_o principal_a ambassador_n be_v his_o kinsman_n call_v don_n sebastiano_n aluarez_n portugal_n together_o with_o a_o portugal_n to_o bear_v he_o company_n and_o entreat_v for_o more_o priest_n and_o withal_o to_o redeem_v certain_a slave_n bear_v in_o congo_n that_o be_v in_o the_o isle_n of_o s._n thomas_n and_o in_o portugal_n and_o be_v sell_v upon_o mere_a necessity_n as_o we_o have_v tell_v you_o before_o some_o of_o they_o will_v needs_o remain_v still_o in_o voluntary_a servitude_n and_o many_o be_v ransome_v and_o bring_v home_o into_o their_o country_n by_o who_o good_a labour_n and_o mean_n and_o especial_o by_o the_o painful_a industry_n of_o such_o as_o be_v lord_n &_o bear_v of_o noble_a blood_n for_o some_o there_o be_v of_o that_o dignity_n among_o they_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n restore_v the_o christian_a religion_n which_o be_v almost_o lose_v and_o some_o of_o they_o he_o use_v for_o counselor_n and_o officer_n of_o the_o realm_n as_o man_n that_o be_v well_o practise_v and_o experience_v in_o the_o world_n by_o reason_n of_o this_o their_o long_a captivity_n to_o this_o ambassador_n the_o king_n give_v a_o gracious_a answer_n and_o tell_v he_o that_o he_o shall_v be_v satisfy_v according_a to_o his_o request_n priest_n but_o yet_o for_o all_o that_o he_o be_v fain_o to_o return_v home_o again_o into_o congo_n without_o any_o priest_n or_o religious_a person_n to_o go_v with_o he_o three_o year_n after_o congo_n the_o king_n don_n sebastiano_n dispatch_v a_o certain_a bishop_n call_v don_n antonio_n de_fw-fr gli_fw-la oua_fw-la be_v a_o castilian_a bear_v principal_o to_o the_o island_n of_o s._n thomas_n but_o withal_o he_o give_v he_o also_o a_o commission_n to_o visit_v the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n who_o be_v arrive_v at_o s._n thomas_n fall_v at_o jar_n with_o the_o captain_n there_o and_o so_o sail_v into_o congo_n where_o he_o be_v also_o persecute_v by_o the_o say_a captain_n and_o his_o friend_n that_o he_o have_v there_o thomas_n for_o they_o inform_v the_o king_n that_o he_o be_v a_o ambitious_a man_n of_o a_o haughty_a spirit_n and_o very_o obstinate_a &_o thereby_o do_v utter_o discredit_v he_o with_o the_o king_n and_o all_o his_o court_n whereupon_o be_v induce_v thereunto_o by_o these_o accusation_n congo_n the_o king_n forbid_v he_o at_o the_o first_o to_o enter_v within_o his_o realm_n but_o afterwards_o he_o receive_v he_o with_o great_a honour_n and_o send_v his_o son_n to_o entertain_v he_o and_o to_o accompany_v he_o to_o the_o city_n there_o he_o stay_v about_o eight_o month_n and_o then_o depart_v again_o somewhat_o before_o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n pass_v into_o africa_n and_o leave_v behind_o he_o in_o congo_n two_o friar_n and_o four_o priest_n succeed_v the_o bishop_n be_v thus_o go_v &_o the_o king_n overthrow_v in_o africa_n there_o be_v exalt_v to_o the_o crown_n of_o portugal_n don_n henrico_n the_o cardinal_n to_o who_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n do_v write_v with_o great_a instance_n and_o earnest_a request_n that_o he_o will_v send_v he_o some_o religious_a personne_n and_o preacher_n but_o he_o can_v obtain_v nothing_o at_o his_o hand_n because_o the_o cardinal_n live_v but_o a_o short_a time_n in_o that_o government_n after_o don_n henrico_n succeed_v philip_n king_n of_o castille_n portugal_n who_o send_v advertisemente_n to_o the_o captain_n of_o saint_n thomas_n that_o he_o be_v invest_v in_o the_o crown_n of_o portugal_n and_o letter_n also_o to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n to_o the_o same_o effect_n whereupon_o the_o captain_n do_v present_o dispatch_v one_o sebastiano_n di_fw-fr costa_n that_o with_o the_o title_n of_o ambassador_n shall_v carry_v these_o news_n and_o letter_n unto_o the_o say_a king_n when_o these_o letter_n be_v present_v and_o all_o complement_n perform_v priest_n the_o king_n of_o congo_n return_v he_o again_o to_o the_o court_n to_o king_n philip_n with_o answer_n of_o his_o letter_n and_o therein_o proffer_v to_o discover_v unto_o he_o the_o mettle_n mine_n which_o heretofore_o have_v be_v conceal_v from_o all_o the_o other_o king_n his_o predecessor_n and_o withal_o send_v he_o diverse_a trial_n of_o they_o beseech_v he_o especial_o with_o all_o affectionate_a entreaty_n that_o as_o soon_o as_o possible_o he_o can_v he_o will_v furnish_v he_o with_o some_o store_n of_o priest_n declare_v also_o unto_o he_o the_o miserable_a state_n and_o condition_n whereinto_o his_o people_n be_v fall_v find_v by_o reason_n of_o the_o trouble_n that_o have_v happen_v about_o the_o christian_a religion_n but_o costa_n die_v by_o the_o way_n the_o vessel_n wherein_o he_o sail_v be_v cast_v away_o upon_o the_o shore_n of_o portugal_n and_o every_o man_n drown_v that_o be_v in_o it_o and_o the_o naughty_a news_n be_v know_v by_o the_o content_n of_o the_o letter_n that_o be_v find_v in_o a_o little_a chest_n which_o be_v drive_v on_o land_n by_o the_o wave_n of_o the_o sea_n &_o by_o a_o brief_a note_n of_o such_o commission_n as_o he_o have_v in_o charge_n to_o deliver_v to_o the_o king_n instruction_n when_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n hear_v of_o this_o accident_n he_o do_v not_o cease_v but_o still_o continue_v and_o persevere_v in_o his_o godly_a purpose_n &_o will_v not_o suffer_v christianity_n to_o be_v utter_o extinguish_v in_o his_o kingdom_n as_o it_o be_v very_o likely_a to_o be_v and_o therefore_o he_o determine_v yet_o once_o again_o to_o send_v a_o new_a ambassador_n of_o his_o own_o to_o the_o king_n of_o spain_n but_o forasmuch_o as_o there_o arise_v some_o difficulty_n and_o difference_n among_o some_o lord_n of_o the_o court_n that_o desire_v this_o honour_n the_o king_n because_o he_o will_v not_o displease_v any_o of_o they_o by_o prefer_v one_o of_o they_o before_o another_o make_v choice_n of_o one_o odoardo_n lopez_n a_o portugal_n bear_v from_o who_o mouth_n pigafetta_n take_v this_o present_a report_n and_o put_v it_o in_o writing_n this_o man_n have_v dwell_v now_o a_o good_a time_n in_o those_o region_n and_o be_v well_o experience_v in_o the_o affair_n of_o the_o world_n and_o be_v by_o good_a chance_n at_o that_o time_n in_o the_o court_n he_o be_v thus_o employ_v with_o the_o good_a favour_n and_o countenance_n of_o the_o king_n who_o deliver_v unto_o he_o in_o write_v very_o ample_a instruction_n for_o all_o matter_n whereof_o he_o be_v to_o treat_v as_o well_o with_o his_o catholic_a majesty_n in_o spain_n as_o also_o with_o his_o holiness_n at_o rome_n together_o with_o very_o earnest_a letter_n of_o credence_n and_o authority_n and_o commodity_n to_o they_o both_o and_o safe_a conduct_n and_o exemption_n in_o all_o liberty_n both_o within_o and_o without_o beside_o his_o effectual_a recommendation_n of_o he_o to_o all_o other_o christian_a prince_n with_o all_o such_o other_o privilege_n and_o declaration_n that_o may_v show_v how_o dear_o the_o king_n esteem_v his_o person_n as_o to_o a_o ambassador_n in_o such_o cause_n appertain_v the_o sum_n of_o his_o embassage_n be_v this_o spain_n that_o he_o shall_v present_v his_o letter_n to_o the_o king_n don_n philip_n and_o at_o large_a discourse_n unto_o he_o the_o state_n wherein_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n stand_v touch_v matter_n of_o religion_n by_o the_o reason_n of_o the_o former_a war_n and_o scarcity_n of_o priest_n and_o thereupon_o request_v his_o majesty_n to_o provide_v
his_o commission_n but_o diverse_a great_a accident_n there_o happen_v &_o many_o difficulty_n that_o cross_v he_o and_o altogether_o hinder_v the_o course_n of_o those_o affair_n which_o he_o have_v to_o accomplish_v in_o the_o name_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n for_o first_o he_o hear_v the_o dolorous_a news_n of_o the_o king_n death_n die_v that_o send_v he_o on_o this_o message_n and_o then_o the_o king_n don_n philip_n be_v whole_o busy_v about_o the_o conquest_n of_o england_n england_n so_o that_o this_o business_n go_v nothing_o forwards_o but_o be_v delay_v from_o time_n to_o time_n neither_o do_v he_o see_v any_o mean_n of_o dispatch_n but_o rather_o he_o be_v give_v to_o understand_v that_o for_o that_o time_n they_o can_v not_o intend_v to_o harken_v unto_o he_o now_o the_o foresay_a odoardo_n be_v afflict_v with_o so_o many_o adversity_n profession_n begin_v to_o call_v to_o mind_v the_o innumerable_a peril_n that_o he_o have_v pass_v and_o the_o deadly_a infirmity_n wherewith_o he_o be_v plague_v after_o that_o long_a &_o horrible_a navigation_n he_o see_v that_o he_o be_v sometime_o cast_v down_o and_o sometime_o exalt_v and_o know_v that_o in_o this_o world_n there_o be_v none_o other_o rest_n or_o quiet_a but_o in_o god_n almighty_a he_o be_v great_o oppress_v with_o hart_n grief_n which_o he_o do_v daily_o and_o continual_o endure_v because_o he_o can_v not_o relieve_v the_o necessity_n wherewith_o the_o people_n of_o congo_n be_v vex_v and_o trouble_v and_o manifest_o perceyve_v that_o those_o poor_a soul_n incur_v the_o extreme_a danger_n of_o fall_v into_o the_o utter_a darkness_n of_o hell_n he_o consider_v the_o great_a expense_n that_o every_o day_n must_v be_v defray_v at_o the_o court_n for_o the_o maintenance_n of_o himself_o and_o his_o family_n last_o he_o be_v whole_o deprive_v of_o all_o hope_n that_o he_o shall_v ever_o be_v able_a to_o bring_v that_o matter_n to_o effect_n which_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n have_v impose_v upon_o he_o and_o therefore_o he_o make_v choice_n of_o another_o course_n that_o be_v not_o only_o profitable_a for_o he_o but_o also_o most_o wholesome_a for_o his_o soul_n for_o the_o good_a angel_n have_v touch_v his_o heart_n and_o cause_v he_o with_o a_o manly_a courage_n to_o abandon_v the_o sword_n and_o to_o take_v the_o cross_n upon_o he_o and_o thereupon_o he_o renounce_v the_o world_n with_o all_o the_o deceitful_a pomp_n and_o glory_n thereof_o and_o in_o madrill_n apparel_v himself_o in_o a_o grey_a course_n habit_n pope_n and_o so_o go_v to_o rome_n to_o declare_v to_o sixtus_n quintus_n the_o pope_n the_o tenor_n and_o commission_n of_o his_o embassage_n because_o he_o will_v not_o altogether_o neglect_v the_o good_a intent_n and_o meaning_n of_o the_o king_n that_o have_v send_v he_o although_o he_o be_v now_o descend_v into_o a_o better_a life_n he_o be_v kind_o welcome_v and_o receive_v by_o his_o holiness_n to_o who_o he_o discourse_v the_o miserable_a estate_n wherein_o the_o christian_a people_n of_o the_o realm_n of_o congo_n do_v stand_v for_o want_v of_o the_o worship_n and_o service_n of_o god_n and_o also_o the_o small_a number_n of_o priest_n that_o be_v there_o to_o instruct_v they_o in_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o to_o deliver_v unto_o they_o the_o sacrament_n of_o the_o church_n especial_o the_o multitude_n in_o that_o country_n be_v as_o it_o be_v innumerable_a that_o every_o day_n resort_v together_o to_o be_v baptize_v instruct_v confess_v and_o communicate_v moreover_o he_o make_v a_o vow_n and_o resolve_v in_o his_o mind_n congo_n that_o with_o such_o store_n of_o wealth_n as_o god_n have_v bless_v he_o withal_o in_o congo_n which_o be_v not_o very_o small_a he_o will_v build_v a_o house_n wherein_o for_o the_o service_n of_o god_n there_o shall_v dwell_v certain_a learned_a man_n and_o sundry_a priest_n to_o instruct_v the_o youth_n of_o those_o country_n in_o all_o good_a language_n and_o in_o the_o art_n liberal_a and_o in_o the_o doctrine_n of_o the_o gospel_n and_o in_o the_o mystery_n of_o our_o salvation_n out_o of_o which_o house_n as_o it_o be_v out_o of_o a_o holy_a school_n there_o may_v come_v forth_o from_o time_n to_o time_n many_o learned_a man_n and_o well_o study_v in_o the_o law_n of_o god_n that_o shall_v be_v able_a in_o their_o own_o natural_a country_n tongue_n to_o awaken_v and_o raise_v again_o the_o faith_n of_o christ_n which_o be_v now_o asleep_a and_o dry_v up_o in_o those_o region_n and_o thereby_o in_o process_n of_o time_n there_o will_v spring_v up_o many_o fruit_n of_o blessing_n &_o vigilant_a soul_n in_o the_o christian_a faith_n hereunto_o he_o mean_v also_o to_o add_v a_o hospital_n that_o may_v be_v a_o recourse_n and_o harbour_n for_o god_n poor_a which_o come_v and_o sail_v out_o of_o strange_a country_n shall_v have_v relief_n and_o entertainment_n in_o that_o hostelry_n and_o there_o be_v cure_v and_o restore_v of_o their_o infirmity_n and_o necessity_n with_o this_o purpose_n therefore_o he_o go_v to_o rome_n to_o obtain_v of_o his_o holiness_n a_o licence_n to_o erect_v this_o seminary_n and_o hospital_n and_o to_o beseech_v he_o also_o that_o he_o will_v grant_v he_o jubily_n indulgence_n and_o other_o dispensation_n that_o for_o such_o christian_a and_o wholesome_a work_n be_v requisite_a especial_o to_o the_o use_n &_o benefit_n of_o those_o country_n which_o be_v so_o remote_a from_o christendom_n he_o present_v himself_o to_o the_o pope_n &_o deliver_v unto_o he_o his_o letter_n of_o credence_n and_o then_o declare_v unto_o he_o at_o large_a the_o tenor_n of_o his_o commission_n spain_n wherein_o he_o have_v a_o gracious_a audience_n but_o when_o the_o pope_n do_v understand_v that_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n belong_v to_o the_o king_n of_o spain_n he_o remit_v that_o matter_n whole_o unto_o he_o chap._n 7._o of_o the_o court_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n of_o the_o apparel_n of_o that_o people_n before_o they_o become_v christian_n and_o after_o of_o the_o king_n table_n and_o manner_n of_o his_o court._n hitherto_o we_o have_v manifest_o discover_v the_o beginning_n of_o christian_a religion_n in_o congo_n courtier_n &_o consequent_o the_o strange_a accident_n that_o happen_v therein_o and_o now_o it_o be_v time_n to_o discourse_n &_o lay_v open_a the_o manner_n and_o fashion_n of_o that_o court_n &_o other_o custom_n and_o condition_n appertain_v to_o that_o realm_n in_o ancient_a time_n this_o king_n and_o his_o courtier_n be_v apparel_v with_o certain_a cloth_n make_v of_o the_o palm-tree_n as_o we_o have_v tell_v you_o before_o wherewith_o they_o cover_v themselves_o from_o the_o girdlesteed_o downwards_o and_o gird_v the_o same_o straight_o unto_o they_o with_o certain_a girdle_n make_v of_o the_o same_o stuff_n very_o fair_a and_o well_o wrought_v they_o use_v also_o to_o hang_v before_o they_o like_o a_o apron_n certain_a delicate_a and_o dainty_a skin_n of_o little_a tiger_n of_o civet-catte_n of_o sabled_n of_o martern_n and_o of_o such_o like_a creature_n for_o a_o ornament_n and_o for_o a_o more_o glorious_a pomp_n and_o show_n they_o do_v wear_v upon_o their_o shoulder_n a_o certain_a cape_n like_o a_o hood_n upon_o their_o bare_a skin_n they_o have_v a_o certain_a round_a garment_n like_o a_o rotchet_z which_o they_o call_v incutto_n reach_v down_o to_o their_o knee_n make_v after_o the_o manner_n of_o a_o net_n but_o the_o stuff_n of_o it_o be_v very_o fine_a cloth_n of_o the_o say_a palm-tree_n &_o at_o the_o skirt_n there_o hang_v a_o number_n of_o thread-tassels_a that_o make_v a_o very_a gallant_a show_n these_o rotchet_n be_v turn_v up_o again_o &_o tuck_v upon_o their_o right_a shoulder_n that_o they_o may_v be_v the_o more_o at_o liberty_n on_o that_o hand_n upon_o that_o shoulder_n also_o they_o have_v the_o tail_n of_o a_o zebra_n fasten_v with_o a_o handle_n which_o they_o use_v for_o a_o kind_n of_o bravery_n according_a to_o the_o most_o ancient_a custom_n of_o those_o part_n on_o their_o head_n they_o wear_v cap_n of_o yellow_a and_o red_a colour_n square_v above_o and_o very_o little_a so_o that_o they_o scarce_o cover_v the_o top_n of_o their_o head_n and_o wear_v rather_o for_o a_o pomp_n and_o a_o vanity_n then_o to_o keep_v they_o either_o from_o the_o air_n or_o from_o the_o sun_n the_o most_o part_n of_o they_o go_v unshodde_a but_o the_o king_n and_o some_o of_o the_o great_a lord_n do_v wear_v certain_a shoe_n of_o the_o old_a fashion_n such_o as_o be_v to_o be_v see_v in_o the_o ancient_a image_n of_o the_o roman_n and_o these_o be_v make_v also_o of_o the_o wood_n of_o the_o palm-tree_n sort_n the_o poor_a sort_n and_o the_o common_a people_n be_v apparel_v from_o their_o middle_n downwards_o after_o the_o same_o manner_n but_o the_o cloth_n be_v courser_n and_o
the_o rest_n of_o their_o body_n all_o naked_a the_o woman_n use_v three_o kind_n of_o traverse_n or_o as_o it_o be_v aprons_z beneath_o their_o girdlesteed_o one_o be_v very_o long_o and_o reach_v to_o their_o heel_n the_o second_v short_a than_o that_o and_o the_o third_o short_a than_o both_o the_o other_o with_o fringe_n about_o they_o and_o every_o one_o of_o these_o three_o be_v fasten_v about_o their_o middle_n and_o open_v before_o from_o their_o breast_n downwards_o they_o have_v another_o garment_n like_o a_o kind_n of_o doublet_n or_o jacket_n that_o reach_v but_o to_o their_o girdle_n and_o over_o their_o shoulder_n a_o certain_a cloak_n all_o these_o several_a garment_n be_v make_v of_o the_o same_o cloth_n of_o the_o palm-tree_n they_o be_v accustom_v to_o go_v with_o their_o face_n uncover_v and_o a_o little_a cap_n on_o the_o head_n like_o a_o man_n cap_n the_o mean_a sort_n of_o woman_n be_v apparel_v after_o the_o same_o manner_n but_o their_o cloth_n be_v courser_n their_o maidservant_n and_o the_o base_a kind_n of_o woman_n be_v likewise_o attire_v from_o the_o girdle_n downward_o and_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o body_n naked_a but_o after_o that_o this_o kingdom_n have_v receyve_v the_o christian_a faith_n apparel_n the_o great_a lord_n of_o the_o court_n begin_v to_o apparel_n themselves_o after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o portugal_n in_o wear_v cloak_n spanish_a cape_n and_o tabard_n or_o wide_a jacket_n of_o scarlet_a and_o cloth_n of_o silk_n every_o man_n according_a to_o his_o wealth_n and_o ability_n upon_o their_o head_n they_o have_v hat_n or_o cap_n and_o upon_o their_o foot_n moil_n or_o pantofle_n of_o velvet_n and_o of_o leather_n and_o buskin_n after_o the_o portugal_n fashion_n and_o long_a rapier_n by_o their_o side_n the_o common_a people_n that_o be_v not_o able_a to_o make_v their_o apparel_n after_o that_o manner_n do_v keep_v their_o old_a custom_n the_o woman_n also_o go_v after_o the_o portugal_n fashion_n save_v that_o they_o wear_v no_o cloak_n but_o upon_o their_o head_n they_o have_v certain_a veil_n and_o upon_o their_o veil_n black_a velvet_n cap_n garnish_v with_o jewel_n and_o chain_n of_o gold_n about_o their_o their_o neck_n but_o the_o poor_a sort_n keep_v the_o old_a fashion_n for_o only_o the_o lady_n of_o the_o court_n do_v bedeck_v themselves_o in_o such_o manner_n as_o we_o have_v tell_v you_o after_o the_o king_n himself_o be_v convert_v to_o the_o christian_a religion_n portugal_n he_o conform_v his_o court_n in_o a_o certain_a sort_n after_o the_o manner_n of_o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n and_o first_o for_o his_o service_n at_o the_o table_n when_o he_o dine_v or_o sup_v open_o in_o public_a there_o be_v a_o throne_n of_o estate_n erect_v with_o three_o step_n cover_v all_o over_o with_o indian_a tapestry_n and_o thereupon_o be_v place_v a_o table_n with_o a_o chair_n of_o crimzen_a velvet_n adorn_v with_o boss_n and_o nail_n of_o gold_n he_o always_o feed_v alone_o by_o himself_o neither_o do_v any_o man_n ever_o sit_v at_o his_o table_n but_o the_o prince_n stand_v about_o he_o with_o their_o head_n cover_v he_o have_v a_o cupboard_n of_o plate_n of_o gold_n and_o silver_n and_o one_o that_o take_v assay_v of_o his_o meat_n and_o drink_n he_o maintain_v a_o guard_n of_o the_o anzichi_n and_o of_o other_o nation_n that_o keep_v about_o his_o palace_n furnish_v with_o such_o weapon_n as_o be_v above_o mention_v and_o when_o it_o please_v he_o to_o go_v abroad_o they_o sound_v their_o great_a instrument_n which_o may_v be_v hear_v about_o five_o or_o six_o mile_n and_o so_o signify_v that_o the_o king_n be_v go_v forth_o all_o his_o lord_n do_v accompany_v he_o and_o likewise_o the_o portugal_n in_o who_o he_o repose_v a_o singular_a trust_n but_o very_o seldom_o it_o be_v that_o he_o go_v out_o of_o his_o palace_n twice_o in_o a_o week_n he_o give_v audience_n public_o yet_o no_o man_n speak_v unto_o he_o but_o his_o lord_n congo_n and_o because_o there_o be_v none_o that_o have_v any_o good_n or_o land_n of_o their_o own_o but_o all_o belong_v to_o the_o crown_n there_o be_v but_o few_o suit_n or_o quarrel_n among_o they_o save_v peradventure_o about_o some_o word_n they_o use_v no_o writing_n at_o all_o in_o the_o congo_n tongue_n in_o case_n criminal_a they_o proceed_v but_o slender_o for_o they_o do_v very_o hardly_o and_o seldom_o condemn_v any_o man_n to_o death_n if_o there_o be_v any_o riot_n or_o enormity_n commit_v against_o the_o portugese_n by_o the_o mociconghi_a for_o so_o be_v the_o inhabitant_n of_o the_o realm_n of_o congo_n call_v in_o their_o own_o language_n they_o be_v judge_v by_o the_o law_n of_o portugal_n and_o if_o any_o mischief_n be_v find_v in_o any_o of_o they_o the_o king_n confine_v the_o malefactor_n into_o some_o desert_n island_n for_o he_o think_v it_o to_o be_v a_o great_a punishment_n to_o banish_v he_o in_o this_o sort_n to_o the_o end_n he_o may_v do_v penance_n for_o his_o sin_n then_o at_o one_o blow_n to_o execute_v he_o and_o if_o it_o so_o happen_v that_o those_o which_o be_v thus_o chastise_v do_v live_v ten_o or_o twelve_o year_n the_o king_n use_v to_o pardon_v they_o if_o they_o be_v of_o any_o consideration_n at_o all_o and_o do_v employ_v they_o in_o the_o service_n of_o the_o state_n as_o person_n that_o have_v be_v tame_v and_o well_o school_v and_o accustom_v to_o suffer_v any_o hardness_n in_o civil_a disagreement_n there_o be_v a_o order_n that_o if_o a_o portugal_n have_v any_o suit_n against_o a_o moci-congo_n he_o go_v to_o the_o judge_n of_o congo_n but_o if_o a_o moci-congo_n do_v implead_v a_o portugal_n he_o cit_v he_o before_o the_o consul_n or_o judge_n of_o the_o portugal_n for_o the_o king_n have_v grant_v unto_o they_o one_o of_o their_o own_o nation_n to_o be_v judge_n in_o that_o country_n in_o their_o bargain_n between_o they_o and_o the_o portugal_n they_o use_v no_o write_n nor_o other_o instrument_n of_o bill_n or_o bond_n but_o dispatch_v their_o business_n only_o by_o word_n and_o witness_n they_o keep_v no_o history_n of_o their_o ancient_a king_n nor_o any_o memorial_n of_o the_o age_n past_a because_o they_o can_v write_v they_o measure_v their_o time_n general_o by_o the_o moon_n they_o know_v not_o the_o hour_n of_o the_o day_n nor_o of_o the_o night_n but_o they_o use_v to_o say_v in_o the_o time_n of_o such_o a_o man_n such_o a_o thing_n happen_v they_o reckon_v the_o distance_n of_o country_n not_o by_o mile_n or_o by_o any_o such_o measure_n but_o by_o the_o journey_n and_o travel_n of_o man_n that_o go_v from_o one_o place_n to_o another_o eyether_o load_v or_o unload_v touch_v their_o assemble_v together_o at_o feast_n assembly_n or_o other_o meeting_n of_o joy_n as_o for_o example_n when_o they_o be_v marry_v music_n they_o sing_v verse_n and_o ballad_n of_o love_n and_o play_v upon_o certain_a lute_n that_o be_v make_v after_o a_o strange_a fashion_n for_o in_o the_o hollow_a part_n and_o in_o the_o neck_n they_o be_v somewhat_o like_a unto_o our_o lute_n but_o for_o the_o flat_a side_n where_o we_o use_v to_o carve_v a_o rose_n or_o a_o rundell_n to_o let_v the_o sound_n go_v inward_a that_o be_v make_v not_o of_o wood_n but_o of_o a_o skin_n as_o thin_a as_o a_o bladder_n and_o the_o string_n be_v make_v of_o hair_n which_o they_o draw_v out_o of_o the_o elephants_n tail_n and_o be_v very_o strong_a and_o bright_a and_o of_o certain_a thread_n make_v of_o the_o wood_n of_o palm-tree_n which_o from_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o instrument_n do_v reach_v and_o ascend_v to_o the_o top_n of_o the_o handle_n and_o be_v tie_v every_o one_o of_o they_o to_o his_o several_a ring_n for_o towards_o the_o neck_n or_o handle_v of_o this_o lute_n there_o be_v certain_a ring_n place_v some_o high_a and_o some_o low_a whereat_o there_o hang_v diverse_a plate_n of_o iron_n and_o silver_n which_o be_v very_o thin_a and_o in_o bigness_n different_a one_o from_o another_o according_a to_o the_o proportion_n of_o the_o instrument_n these_o ring_n do_v make_v a_o sound_n of_o sundry_a tune_n according_a to_o the_o strike_n of_o the_o string_n for_o the_o string_n when_o they_o be_v strike_v do_v cause_n the_o ring_n to_o shake_v and_o then_o do_v the_o plate_n that_o hang_v at_o they_o help_v they_o to_o utter_v a_o certain_a mingle_a and_o confuse_a noise_n those_o that_o play_v upon_o this_o instrument_n do_v tune_v the_o string_n in_o good_a proportion_n and_o strike_v they_o with_o their_o finger_n like_o a_o harp_n but_o without_o any_o quill_n very_o cunning_o so_o that_o they_o make_v thereby_o i_o can_v tell_v whether_o i_o shall_v call_v it_o a_o melody_n or_o no_o but_o such_o a_o sound_n
the_o ocean_n from_o the_o mouth_n of_o this_o river_n all_o along_o the_o sea_n coast_n cuama_n stretch_v the_o kingdom_n of_o sofala_n unto_o the_o river_n cuama_n which_o be_v so_o call_v of_o a_o certain_a castle_n or_o fortress_n that_o carry_v the_o same_o name_n and_o be_v possess_v by_o mahometan_n and_o pagan_n but_o the_o portugal_n call_v it_o the_o mouth_n of_o cuama_n because_o at_o the_o entry_n into_o the_o sea_n this_o river_n divide_v itself_o into_o seven_o mouth_n where_o there_o be_v five_o special_a island_n beside_o diverse_a other_o that_o lie_v up_o the_o river_n all_o very_a full_a and_o well_o people_v with_o pagan_n this_o cuama_n come_v out_o of_o the_o same_o lake_n and_o from_o the_o same_o spring_n from_o whence_o nilus_n flow_v and_o thus_o the_o kingdom_n of_o sofala_n be_v comprise_v within_o the_o say_v two_o river_n magnice_n and_o cuama_n upon_o the_o sea_n coast_n sofala_n it_o be_v but_o a_o small_a kingdom_n and_o have_v but_o few_o house_n or_o town_n in_o it_o the_o chief_a and_o principal_a head_n whereof_o be_v a_o island_n that_o lie_v in_o the_o river_n call_v sofala_n which_o give_v the_o name_n to_o all_o the_o whole_a country_n it_o be_v inhabit_v by_o mahometan_n and_o the_o king_n himself_o be_v of_o the_o same_o sect_n and_o yield_v obedience_n to_o the_o crown_n of_o portugal_n because_o he_o will_v not_o be_v subject_n to_o the_o empire_n of_o monomotapa_n and_o thereupon_o the_o portugal_n there_o do_v keep_v a_o fort_n in_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o river_n cuama_n and_o do_v trade_n in_o those_o country_n for_o gold_n and_o ivory_n and_o amber_n which_o be_v find_v upon_o that_o coast_n amber_n and_o good_a store_n of_o slave_n and_o in_o steed_n thereof_o they_o leave_v behind_o they_o cotton-cloth_n and_o silk_n that_o be_v bring_v from_o cambaia_n and_o be_v the_o common_a apparel_n of_o those_o people_n sofala_n the_o mahometan_n that_o at_o this_o present_a do_v inhabit_v those_o country_n be_v not_o natural_o bear_v there_o but_o before_o the_o portugese_n come_v into_o those_o quarter_n they_o traffic_v thither_o in_o small_a bark_n from_o the_o coast_n of_o arabia_n foelix_n and_o when_o the_o portugal_n have_v conquer_v that_o realm_n the_o mahometan_n stay_v there_o still_o and_o now_o they_o be_v become_v neither_o utter_a pagan_n nor_o hold_v of_o the_o sect_n of_o mahomet_n from_o the_o shore_n and_o coast_n that_o lie_v between_o the_o two_o foresay_a river_n of_o magnice_n and_o cuama_n gold-mine_n within_o the_o land_n spread_v the_o empire_n of_o monomotapa_n where_o there_o be_v very_o great_a store_n of_o mine_n of_o gold_n which_o be_v carry_v from_o thence_o into_o all_o the_o region_n thereabouts_o and_o into_o sofala_n and_o into_o the_o other_o part_n of_o africa_n and_o some_o there_o be_v that_o will_v say_v that_o salomon_n gold_n gold_n which_o he_o have_v for_o the_o temple_n of_o jerusalem_n be_v bring_v by_o sea_n out_o of_o these_o country_n a_o thing_n in_o truth_n not_o very_o unlikely_a for_o in_o the_o country_n of_o monomotapa_n there_o do_v remain_v to_o this_o day_n many_o ancient_a building_n of_o great_a work_n and_o singular_a architecture_n of_o stone_n of_o lime_n and_o of_o timber_n the_o like_a whereof_o be_v not_o to_o be_v see_v in_o all_o the_o province_n adjoin_v the_o empire_n of_o monomotapa_n be_v very_o great_a and_o for_o people_n infinite_a monomotapa_n they_o be_v gentile_n and_o pagan_n of_o colour_n black_a very_o courageous_a in_o war_n of_o a_o middle_a stature_n and_o swift_a of_o foot_n there_o be_v many_o king_n that_o be_v vassal_n and_o subject_n to_o monomotapa_n who_o do_v oftentimes_o rebel_v and_o make_v war_n against_o he_o their_o weapon_n be_v bow_n and_o arrow_n and_o light_a dart_n this_o emperor_n maintain_v many_o army_n in_o several_a province_n army_n divide_v into_o legion_n according_a to_o the_o use_n and_o custom_n of_o the_o roman_n for_o be_v so_o great_a a_o lord_n as_o he_o be_v he_o must_v of_o necessity_n be_v in_o continual_a war_n for_o the_o maintenance_n of_o his_o estate_n and_o among_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o his_o soldier_n the_o most_o valorous_a in_o name_n be_v his_o legion_n of_o woman_n who_o he_o esteem_v very_o high_o and_o account_v they_o as_o the_o very_a sinew_n and_o strength_n of_o his_o military_a force_n these_o woman_n do_v burn_v their_o left_a pap_n with_o fire_n amazon_n because_o they_o shall_v be_v no_o hindrance_n unto_o they_o in_o their_o shoot_n after_o the_o use_n and_o manner_n of_o the_o ancient_a amazon_n that_o be_v so_o great_o celebrate_v by_o the_o historiographer_n of_o former_a profane_a memory_n for_o their_o weapon_n they_o practise_v bow_n and_o arrow_n they_o be_v very_o quick_a and_o swift_a lively_a and_o courageous_a very_o cunning_a in_o shoot_v but_o especial_o and_o above_o all_o venturous_a and_o constant_a in_o fight_n in_o their_o battle_n they_o use_v a_o warlike_a kind_n of_o craft_n and_o subtlety_n for_o they_o have_v a_o custom_n to_o make_v a_o show_n that_o they_o will_v fly_v and_o run_v away_o as_o though_o they_o be_v vanquish_v and_o discomfit_v but_o they_o will_v diverse_a time_n turn_v themselves_o back_o and_o vex_v their_o enemy_n mighty_o with_o the_o shot_n of_o their_o arrow_n and_o when_o they_o see_v their_o adversary_n so_o greedy_a of_o the_o victory_n that_o they_o begin_v to_o disperse_v and_o scatter_v themselves_o then_o will_v they_o sudden_o turn_v again_o upon_o they_o and_o with_o great_a courage_n and_o fierceness_n make_v a_o cruel_a slaughter_n of_o they_o so_o that_o partly_o with_o their_o swiftness_n and_o partly_o with_o their_o deceitful_a wile_n and_o other_o cunning_a shift_n of_o war_n they_o be_v great_o fear_v in_o all_o those_o part_n they_o do_v enjoy_v by_o the_o king_n good_a favour_n certain_a country_n where_o they_o dwell_v alone_o by_o themselves_o and_o sometime_o they_o choose_v certain_a man_n at_o their_o own_o pleasure_n with_o who_o they_o do_v keep_v company_n for_o generation_n sake_n so_o that_o if_o they_o do_v bring_v forth_o male-children_n they_o send_v they_o home_o to_o their_o father_n house_n but_o if_o they_o be_v female_a they_o reserve_v they_o to_o themselves_o and_o breed_v they_o in_o the_o exercise_n of_o warfare_n the_o empire_n of_o this_o monomotapa_n lie_v as_o it_o be_v in_o a_o island_n monomotapa_n which_o be_v make_v by_o the_o sea-coast_n by_o the_o river_n magnice_n by_o a_o piece_n of_o the_o lake_n from_o whence_o magnice_n flow_v and_o by_o the_o river_n cuama_n it_o border_v towards_o the_o south_n upon_o the_o lord_n of_o the_o cape_n of_o good-hope_a before_o mention_v and_o northward_o upon_o the_o empire_n of_o moenemugi_n as_o by_o and_o by_o shall_v be_v show_v unto_o you_o but_o now_o return_v to_o our_o former_a purpose_n that_o be_v to_o say_v angoscia_n to_o run_v forwards_o upon_o the_o sea-coast_n after_o you_o have_v pass_v over_o some_o part_n of_o the_o river_n cuama_n there_o be_v a_o certain_a little_a kingdom_n upon_o the_o sea_n call_v angoscia_n which_o take_v the_o name_n of_o certain_a island_n there_o so_o call_v and_o lie_v direct_o against_o it_o it_o be_v inhabit_v with_o the_o like_a people_n both_o mahometan_n and_o gentiles_n as_o the_o kingdom_n of_o sofala_n be_v merchant_n they_o be_v and_o in_o small_a vessel_n do_v traffic_v along_o that_o coast_n with_o the_o same_o ware_n and_o commodity_n wherewith_o the_o people_n of_o sofala_n do_v trade_n a_o little_a beyond_o mozambique_n sudden_o start_v up_o in_o sight_n the_o kingdom_n of_o mozambique_n situate_v in_o fourteen_o degree_n and_o a_o half_a towards_o the_o south_n and_o take_v his_o name_n of_o three_o island_n meghincate_n that_o lie_v in_o the_o mouth_n of_o the_o river_n meghincate_n where_o there_o be_v a_o great_a haven_n and_o a_o safe_a and_o able_a to_o receive_v all_o manner_n of_o ship_n the_o realm_n be_v but_o small_a and_o yet_o abound_v in_o all_o kind_n of_o victual_n it_o be_v the_o common_a land_a place_n for_o all_o vessel_n that_o sail_v from_o portugal_n and_o from_o india_n into_o that_o country_n in_o one_o of_o these_o isle_n which_o be_v the_o chief_a and_o principal_a call_v mozambique_n and_o give_v name_n to_o all_o the_o rest_n as_o also_o to_o the_o whole_a kingdom_n mozambique_n and_o the_o haven_n aforesaid_a wherein_o there_o be_v erect_v a_o fortress_n guard_v with_o a_o garrison_n of_o portugal_n whereupon_o all_o the_o other_o fortress_n that_o be_v on_o that_o coast_n do_v depend_v and_o from_o whence_o they_o fetch_v all_o their_o provision_n all_o the_o armada_n and_o fleet_n that_o sail_v from_o portugal_n to_o the_o indies_n if_o they_o can_v finish_v and_o perform_v their_o voyage_n will_v go_v and_o winter_n i_o say_v in_o this_o island_n of_o mozambique_n and_o those_o that_o
that_o be_v of_o a_o white_a colour_n and_o yield_v obedience_n sometime_o to_o one_o of_o these_o two_o prince_n and_o sometime_o to_o the_o other_o they_o be_v man_n of_o a_o far_o great_a stature_n than_o all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o people_n in_o those_o country_n chap._n 10._o the_o rest_n of_o the_o coast_n of_o the_o ocean_n to_o the_o red_a sea_n of_o the_o empire_n of_o prete_n gianni_n and_o the_o confine_n thereof_o of_o the_o famous_a river_n nilus_n and_o the_o original_a spring_n thereof_o and_o now_o to_o return_v to_o our_o former_a treatise_n of_o the_o coast_n beyond_o the_o realm_n of_o melinde_n towards_o the_o cape_n of_o guarda-fuy_a there_o be_v many_o place_n inhabit_v with_o mahometan_n all_o along_o the_o sea_n side_n of_o colour_n be_v white_a upon_o this_o shore_n there_o be_v diverse_a good_a haven_n haven_n where_o the_o ship_n of_o sundry_a country_n do_v traffic_n with_o the_o foresay_a merchandise_n the_o first_o of_o these_o place_n be_v call_v patee_n the_o second_o brava_n the_o three_o magadoxo_fw-la the_o four_o affion_n fuy_n and_o the_o last_o be_v the_o famous_a promontory_n and_o cape_n of_o guarda-fuy_a which_o because_o it_o be_v very_o great_a and_o jut_v out_o a_o good_a way_n into_o the_o sea_n be_v well_o know_v to_o all_o sailor_n that_o come_v from_o india_n and_o from_o ormuz_n &_o from_o arabia_n foelix_fw-la it_o be_v the_o place_n and_o harbour_n where_o the_o portugal_n be_v wont_v to_o attend_v and_o yearly_a with_o their_o navy_n to_o watch_v for_o the_o vessel_n of_o the_o mahometan_n that_o be_v lade_v with_o precious_a merchandise_n do_v sail_n into_o those_o part_n without_o their_o licence_n they_o be_v the_o lord_n of_o the_o traffic_n and_o trade_n for_o spicery_n and_o all_o other_o commodity_n that_o be_v bring_v from_o india_n so_o that_o every_o year_n the_o portugal_n fleet_n do_v take_v great_a prize_n of_o merchant_n ship_n in_o that_o place_n as_o the_o english_a and_o the_o french_a do_v at_o cape_n saint_n vincent_n after_o you_o have_v compass_v about_o the_o foresay_a cape_n of_o guarda-fuy_a sea_n toward_o the_o red_a sea_n you_o shall_v come_v to_o other_o town_n and_o haven_n of_o the_o mahometan_n the_o first_o of_o they_o be_v call_v methe_n and_o another_o beyond_o that_o call_v barbora_n and_o this_o be_v the_o further_a place_n wherein_o you_o shall_v find_v any_o people_n with_o white_a skin_n for_o here_o the_o man_n begin_v to_o be_v all_o black_a then_o there_o be_v ceila_n &_o dalaca_n and_o malaca_n and_o carachin_n and_o all_o this_o coast_n be_v call_v in_o that_o country_n language_n baragiam_fw-la the_o people_n that_o inhabit_v therein_o be_v all_o black_a valiant_a in_o arm_n and_o apparel_v from_o the_o girdle_n downward_o with_o cloth_n of_o cotton_n but_o those_o that_o be_v of_o the_o best_a account_n among_o they_o do_v wear_v upon_o their_o shoulder_n certain_a cloak_n with_o hood_n call_v bernussi_n such_o as_o the_o old_a roman_n use_v and_o be_v term_v saga_fw-la romana_fw-la it_o abound_v in_o gold_n and_o in_o ivory_n and_o in_o metal_n &_o in_o victual_n of_o all_o sort_n then_o follow_v the_o mouth_n or_o entrance_n into_o the_o red_a gulf_n sea_n otherwise_o call_v the_o red_a sea_n well_o know_v to_o every_o man_n in_o number_n they_o be_v two_o cause_v by_o a_o island_n that_o lie_v between_o they_o and_o be_v call_v babelmandel_n the_o one_o of_o they_o towards_o the_o west_n be_v fifteen_o mile_n broad_a sea_n and_o have_v a_o deep_a channel_n and_o through_o this_o do_v all_o the_o great_a ship_n enter_v the_o other_o be_v a_o little_a one_o and_o contain_v in_o breadth_n but_o five_o mile_n and_o yet_o be_v full_a of_o shallows_n and_o shelf_n of_o sand_n and_o some_o rock_n so_o that_o the_o whole_a mouth_n be_v but_o thirty_o mile_n in_o all_o the_o one_o cape_n on_o the_o side_n of_o africa_n be_v call_v rosbel_n and_o the_o other_o towards_o arabia_n foelix_n be_v ara._n from_o this_o place_n all_o the_o western_a coast_n of_o the_o say_a gulf_n run_v up_o to_o suez_n mile_n which_o be_v the_o far_a town_n thereof_o northwards_o and_o be_v distant_a from_o these_o mouth_n twelve_o hundred_o mile_n all_o this_o gulf_n both_o on_o the_o one_o side_n and_o on_o the_o other_o near_o to_o the_o bank_n be_v much_o pester_v with_o islettes_n and_o shelf_n that_o be_v very_o shallow_a and_o afford_v free_a and_o safe_a navigation_n but_o only_o in_o the_o midst_n for_o the_o sea_n follow_v the_o motion_n &_o stream_n of_o the_o ocean_n with_o great_a swiftness_n do_v keep_v the_o channel_n and_o the_o bottom_n in_o the_o middle_n very_o clean_o and_o neat_a by_o cast_v up_o the_o filth_n and_o sand_n upon_o the_o bank_n on_o both_o side_n and_o now_o forasmuch_o as_o we_o be_v to_o speak_v of_o the_o empire_n of_o prete_n gianni_n gianni_n who_o be_v the_o great_a and_o the_o rich_a prince_n in_o all_o africa_n let_v we_o tell_v you_o in_o brief_a that_o his_o state_n and_o government_n at_o this_o day_n reach_v from_o the_o two_o mouth_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n unto_o the_o island_n of_o syene_n which_o be_v under_o the_o tropic_a of_o cancer_n except_v the_o coast_n of_o the_o say_a sea_n for_o about_o fifty_o year_n ago_o he_o lose_v they_o by_o negligence_n and_o suffer_v the_o turk_n to_o take_v they_o from_o he_o so_o that_o the_o confine_n of_o his_o estate_n be_v these_o viz._n towards_o the_o north-east_n and_o the_o east_n the_o great_a part_n of_o the_o red_a sea_n towards_o the_o north_n egypt_n towards_o the_o west_n the_o desert_n of_o nubia_n and_o towards_o the_o south_n the_o country_n of_o mohenemugi_n &_o so_o in_o a_o gross_a and_o general_a account_n the_o empire_n of_o this_o christian_a king_n may_v happy_o be_v in_o compass_n some_o four_o thousand_o mile_n the_o principal_a city_n where_o he_o most_o remain_v and_o keep_v his_o court_n city_n be_v call_v bel-malechi_a he_o rule_v over_o many_o province_n that_o have_v their_o several_a king_n rich_a his_o estate_n be_v very_o rich_a and_o abound_v in_o gold_n in_o silver_n in_o precious_a stone_n and_o in_o all_o sort_n of_o metal_n his_o people_n be_v of_o diverse_a colour_n as_o white_a black_a and_o a_o middle_a colour_n between_o both_o they_o be_v of_o a_o very_a good_a stature_n and_o have_v good_a countenance_n his_o courtier_n and_o lord_n be_v apparel_v with_o cloth_n of_o silk_n and_o adorn_v with_o gold_n and_o sundry_a jewel_n there_o be_v among_o they_o a_o law_n for_o apparel_n apparel_n according_a to_o the_o several_a degree_n of_o man_n for_o certain_a person_n there_o be_v for_o who_o it_o be_v not_o lawful_a to_o wear_v any_o other_o garment_n but_o such_o as_o be_v make_v of_o dress_v skin_n these_o people_n be_v in_o a_o manner_n christian_n christian_n for_o they_o do_v observe_v certain_a ceremony_n of_o the_o law_n of_o the_o hebrew_n lady_n upon_o the_o feast_n day_n of_o our_o lady_n in_o august_n all_o the_o king_n and_o principal_a lord_n assemble_v themselves_o together_o in_o the_o city_n aforesaid_a to_o celebrate_v that_o feast_n every_o man_n bring_v with_o he_o his_o tribute_n that_o he_o owe_v to_o the_o king_n and_o the_o people_n come_v from_o all_o part_n in_o pilgrimage_n to_o perform_v this_o their_o devotion_n they_o have_v a_o very_a solemn_a procession_n and_o out_o of_o the_o church_n from_o whence_o they_o walk_v they_o carry_v with_o they_o a_o image_n of_o the_o bless_a virgin_n the_o mother_n of_o god_n which_o be_v as_o big_a as_o any_o common_a person_n and_o all_o of_o gold_n this_o image_n have_v for_o the_o eye_n two_o very_a rich_a and_o great_a ruby_n all_o the_o rest_n of_o the_o body_n be_v garnish_v &_o adorn_v with_o jewel_n and_o curious_a work_n and_o it_o be_v carry_v upon_o a_o frame_n make_v of_o gold_n of_o a_o wonderful_a and_o admirable_a workmanship_n in_o this_o procession_n also_o there_o come_v abroad_o in_o public_a show_n prete_n gianni_n himself_o either_o upon_o a_o chariot_n of_o gold_n or_o else_o upon_o a_o elephant_n all_o garnish_v and_o trim_v with_o jewel_n and_o such_o rare_a and_o precious_a thing_n and_o cover_v all_o over_o with_o cloth_n of_o gold_n the_o multitude_n of_o people_n that_o run_v to_o see_v this_o image_n be_v so_o great_a that_o many_o be_v stifle_v in_o the_o press_n and_o die_v thereupon_o this_o king_n be_v call_v by_o a_o corrupt_a term_n prete_n jani_fw-la gianni_n for_o the_o right_a name_n be_v bel-gian_n now_o bel_n signify_v that_o which_o be_v chief_a perfect_a and_o excellent_a in_o anything_o and_o gian_n be_v a_o prince_n or_o a_o lord_n and_o be_v apply_v to_o every_o man_n that_o have_v a_o government_n and_o jurisdiction_n and_o therefore_o belgian_n be_v much_o to_o say_v as_o
to_o such_o a_o excessive_a compass_n and_o wideness_n that_o it_o be_v a_o wonder_n as_o may_v be_v see_v in_o the_o discourse_n touch_v the_o cape_n of_o good-hope_a and_o all_o these_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o the_o country_n there_o adjoin_v where_o there_o be_v lake_n of_o so_o extraordinary_a a_o bigness_n that_o in_o the_o language_n of_o those_o region_n they_o be_v not_o call_v lake_n but_o sea_n and_o thus_o you_o see_v how_o the_o river_n nilus_n in_o the_o time_n and_o season_n before_o mention_v river_n on_o the_o one_o side_n do_v run_v most_o furious_o from_o those_o country_n into_o the_o north_n to_o water_n egypt_n and_o the_o river_n zaire_n and_o the_o river_n nigir_n on_o the_o other_o side_n westward_o and_o eastward_o and_o towards_o the_o south_n other_o huge_a and_o monstrous_a river_n which_o at_o certain_a determine_v and_o limit_v time_n do_v never_o fail_v to_o increase_v as_o nilus_n do_v and_o this_o be_v the_o effect_n of_o they_o which_o be_v ordinary_o see_v every_o year_n especial_o in_o cairo_n and_o over_o all_o egypt_n where_o nilus_n begin_v to_o rise_v about_o the_o end_n of_o june_n and_o continue_v his_o rise_n till_o the_o twentieth_o of_o september_n as_o i_o have_v see_v myself_o but_o the_o occasion_n and_o cause_n of_o this_o increase_n have_v be_v until_o this_o present_a time_n very_o secret_a and_o obscure_a 4._o and_o although_o the_o ancient_a writer_n begin_v even_o at_o homer_n have_v after_o a_o sort_n and_o in_o general_a term_n leave_v in_o writing_n that_o nilus_n do_v increase_v by_o rain_n yet_o have_v they_o not_o so_o distinct_o and_o plain_o discourse_v thereof_o as_o signior_n odoardo_n have_v do_v and_o testify_v the_o same_o by_o his_o own_o view_n and_o knowledge_n for_o some_o there_o be_v that_o have_v assign_v the_o cause_n of_o this_o overflow_a to_o be_v the_o rain_n that_o come_v from_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o moon_n other_o have_v attribute_v it_o to_o the_o snow_n that_o be_v melt_v in_o those_o mountain_n &_o yet_o nilus_n do_v not_o swell_v or_o rise_v any_o thing_n near_o to_o the_o mountain_n of_o the_o moon_n but_o a_o great_a way_n from_o they_o towards_o the_o north_n and_o beside_o that_o the_o season_n of_o winter_n do_v rather_o breed_v snow_n then_o yield_v any_o heat_n to_o melt_v it_o and_o now_o that_o i_o have_v with_o good_a diligence_n inquire_v of_o signior_n odoardo_n these_o matter_n above_o write_v book_n upon_o such_o point_n as_o i_o have_v before_o plot_v to_o myself_o and_o he_o also_o propound_v the_o rest_n unto_o i_o of_o his_o own_o mere_a motion_n like_o a_o man_n of_o high_a conceit_n as_o in_o truth_n he_o be_v and_o satisfy_v i_o with_o such_o answer_n as_o be_v set_v down_o in_o this_o discourse_n yet_o i_o do_v assure_v myself_o that_o every_o man_n will_v not_o rest_v full_o content_v and_o satisfy_v herewith_o especial_o such_o as_o be_v curious_a and_o practise_v in_o matter_n of_o the_o world_n and_o skilful_a in_o the_o science_n the_o geographer_n will_v peradventure_o desire_v to_o understand_v more_o and_o the_o physician_n and_o the_o master_n of_o mineral_n and_o the_o historiographer_n and_o the_o merchant_n and_o the_o mariner_n and_o the_o preacher_n and_o some_o other_o that_o be_v different_a from_o these_o in_o respect_n of_o their_o profession_n but_o signior_n odoardo_n have_v promise_v with_o as_o much_o speed_n as_o possible_a he_o may_v to_o return_v to_o rome_n from_o congo_n whether_o he_o sail_v present_o after_o he_o have_v finish_v this_o treatise_n which_o be_v in_o may_n 1589._o with_o very_o ample_a information_n and_o further_a instruction_n for_o the_o supply_n of_o that_o which_o here_o want_v touch_v nilus_n and_o his_o original_n and_o such_o other_o matter_n in_o the_o mean_a time_n that_o little_a which_o be_v contain_v in_o these_o few_o leaf_n be_v not_o very_o little_a but_o yet_o if_o perhaps_o there_o be_v any_o thing_n find_v therein_o that_o may_v be_v either_o profitable_a or_o strange_a or_o delightful_a or_o fit_a to_o pass_v away_o the_o time_n and_o to_o drive_v away_o melancholy_a let_v it_o be_v whole_o ascribe_v to_o the_o right_n noble_a and_o reverend_a father_n my_o lord_n antony_n migliore_n bishop_n of_o san_n marco_n and_o commendador_n of_o santo_n spirito_n who_o be_v the_o author_n of_o this_o work_n to_o be_v publish_v for_o the_o common_a benefit_n finis_fw-la a_o table_n of_o the_o chapter_n contain_v in_o the_o first_o book_n of_o the_o report_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n the_o journey_n by_o sea_n from_o lisbon_n to_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n chap._n i._o fol._n 1._o of_o the_o temperature_n of_o the_o air_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o whether_o it_o be_v very_o cold_a or_o hot_a whether_o the_o man_n be_v white_a or_o black_a whether_o be_v more_o or_o less_o black_a they_o that_o dwell_v in_o the_o hill_n or_o those_o that_o dwell_v in_o the_o plain_n of_o the_o wind_n and_o the_o reins_n and_o the_o snow_n in_o those_o quarter_n and_o of_o what_o stature_n and_o semblance_n the_o man_n of_o that_o country_n be_v chapter_n ii_o fol._n 13._o whether_o the_o child_n which_o be_v beget_v by_o portugal_n be_v of_o a_o white_a skin_n and_o bear_v in_o those_o country_n by_o the_o woman_n of_o congo_n be_v black_a or_o white_a or_o tawny_a like_o a_o wild_a olive_n who_o the_o portugal_n call_n mulati_n chap._n iii_o fol_z 18._o of_o the_o circuit_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o of_o the_o border_n and_o confine_n thereof_o and_o first_o of_o the_o western_a coast._n chap._n four_o fol._n 20._o of_o the_o north_n coast_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o the_o confine_n thereof_o chap._n v._o fol._n 30._o of_o the_o east_n coast_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o the_o confine_n thereof_o chap._n vi_o fol._n 38_o of_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n towards_o the_o south_n chap._n vii_o fol._n 43._o of_o the_o circuit_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n possess_v by_o the_o king_n that_o now_o be_v according_a to_o the_o four_o border_n above_o describe_v chap._n viii_o fol._n 58._o the_o six_o province_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o first_o of_o the_o province_n of_o bamba_n chap._n ix_o fol._n 60._o of_o the_o province_n of_o sogno_fw-it which_o be_v the_o country_n of_o the_o river_n zaire_n and_o loango_n chap._n x._o fol._n 94._o of_o the_o three_o province_n eall_v sundi_fw-la chap._n xi_o fol._n 96._o of_o the_o four_o province_n call_v pango_fw-la chap._n xii_o fol._n 99_o of_o the_o five_o province_n call_v batta_n chap._n xiii_o fol._n 100_o of_o the_o sixth_o and_o last_o province_n call_v pemba_n chap._n xiiii_o fol._n 104_o a_o table_n of_o the_o chapter_n contain_v in_o the_o second_o book_n of_o the_o situation_n of_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n chap._n 1._o fol._n 107_o of_o the_o original_a beginning_n of_o christendom_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o how_o the_o portugal_n obtain_v this_o traffic_n chap._n ii_o fol._n 118._o don_n john_n the_o first_o christian_a king_n be_v dead_a don_n alfonso_n his_o son_n succeed_v of_o his_o war_n against_o his_o brother_n of_o certain_a miracle_n that_o be_v wrought_v and_o of_o the_o conversion_n of_o those_o people_n chap._n iii_o fol._n 133._o the_o death_n of_o king_n don_n alfonso_n and_o the_o succession_n of_o don_n piedro_n how_o the_o island_n of_o s._n thomas_n be_v first_o inhabit_v &_o of_o the_o bishop_n that_o be_v send_v thither_o other_o great_a accident_n that_o happen_v by_o occasion_n of_o religion_n the_o death_n of_o two_o king_n by_o the_o conspiracy_n of_o the_o portugal_n and_o the_o lord_n of_o congo_n how_o the_o king_n lineage_n be_v quite_o extinguish_v the_o banishment_n of_o the_o portugese_n chap._n four_o fol._n 150._o the_o incursion_n of_o the_o people_n call_v giachas_n in_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n their_o condition_n and_o weapon_n and_o the_o take_n of_o the_o royal_a city_n chap._n v._o fol._n 159._o the_o king_n of_o portugal_n send_v aid_v and_o a_o ambassador_n to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n the_o knowledge_n of_o the_o mettle_n mine_n which_o abound_v in_o congo_n be_v deny_v the_o king_n of_o portugal_n at_o the_o same_o time_n the_o king_n of_o congo_n dispatch_v ambassador_n to_o the_o king_n of_o spain_n to_o request_v priest_n of_o he_o and_o what_o befall_v unto_o they_o he_o send_v diverse_a proof_n of_o the_o metal_n the_o vow_n of_o odoardo_n lopes_n chap._n vi_o fol._n 163_o of_o the_o court_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n of_o the_o apparel_n of_o that_o people_n before_o they_o become_v christian_n and_o after_o of_o the_o king_n table_n and_o manner_n of_o his_o court_n chap._n vii_o fol._n 177_o of_o the_o
description_n thereof_o pango_fw-la the_o chief_a town_n of_o this_o province_n don_n francisco_n chief_a governor_n of_o pango_fw-la the_o five_o province_n batta_n &_o the_o description_n thereof_o batta_n the_o chief_a town_n of_o all_o batta_n the_o preeminence_n of_o the_o governor_n of_o batta_n don_n pedro_n chief_a governor_n of_o batta_n the_o k._n of_o congo_n will_v not_o suffer_v any_o natural_a bear_v subject_n in_o congo_n to_o have_v a_o harquebus_n the_o reason_n why_o the_o k._n of_o congo_n permit_v mani-batta_a to_o have_v arcubusier_n in_o his_o province_n the_o giacâ—â—â—_n the_o condition_n of_o the_o people_n of_o batta_n their_o traffic_n the_o sixth_o province_n pemba_n and_o the_o situation_n thereof_o don_n antonio_n chief_a governor_n of_o pemba_n the_o chief_a city_n of_o all_o congo_n be_v situate_a in_o this_o province_n of_o pemba_n the_o courtier_n &c._n &c._n dwell_v for_o the_o most_o part_n in_o pemba_n conclusion_n of_o this_o book_n the_o content_n of_o the_o second_o book_n the_o territory_n of_o the_o chief_a city_n in_o all_o congo_n contain_v in_o compass_n 20._o mile_n about_o the_o chief_a city_n call_v san-saluadore_a the_o situation_n of_o the_o city_n the_o mountain_n whereupon_o it_o stand_v the_o soil_n the_o air_n the_o water_n and_o the_o cattle_n the_o otheiro_n the_o reason_n why_o they_o build_v in_o this_o place_n five_o mile_n from_o the_o bottom_n of_o the_o hill_n to_o the_o top_n a_o river_n at_o the_o hill_n foot_n the_o particucular_a situation_n of_o the_o city_n a_o several_a place_n for_o the_o portugal_n the_o principal_a church_n and_o market_n place_n good_a store_n of_o water_n the_o plain_a very_o fruitful_a several_a sort_n of_o grain_n luco_n white_a milles_n call_v the_o mazza_n of_o congo_n maiz_n diverse_a kind_n of_o tree_n bear_v fruit_n banana_n diverse_a kind_n of_o palmtree_n the_o oil_n of_o palm_n the_o bread_n of_o palm_n the_o fruit_n of_o the_o palm_n the_o wine_n and_o vinegar_n of_o palm_n great_a store_n of_o stone_n to_o build_v with_o all_o lime_n &_o timber_n and_o cattle_n to_o carry_v and_o draw_v want_v of_o workman_n to_o build_v stuffe_n for_o build_v ship_n &_o house_n herb_n and_o fruit_n the_o first_o traffic_n of_o the_o portugal_n into_o congo_n mani_n sogno_fw-it they_fw-mi k._n uncle_n entertain_v the_o portugese_n mani-sogno_a convert_v &_o become_v a_o christian._n the_o king_n of_o congo_n promise_v to_o become_v a_o christian._n the_o k._n of_o portugal_n send_v priest_n to_o the_o k._n of_o congo_n to_o instruct_v he_o mani-sogno_a promote_v the_o christian_a religion_n the_o ship_n return_v from_o portugal_n 1491._o mani-sogno_a &_o his_o train_n entertayn_v the_o portugese_n mani-sogno_a build_v a_o church_n mani_n sogno_fw-it &_o his_o son_n baptize_v what_o name_v the_o people_n of_o congo_n have_v before_o they_o be_v christen_v a_o sermon_n contain_v the_o sum_n of_o christian_a religion_n mani_n sogno_fw-it rehearse_v the_o sermon_n to_o his_o people_n the_o portugese_n go_v to_o the_o court_n to_o baptise_v the_o king_n the_o courtier_n of_o congo_n meet_v the_o portugese_n the_o king_n himself_o recceyve_v they_o the_o portugal_n ambassador_n declare_v his_o embassage_n the_o k._n rejoice_v at_o the_o embassage_n the_o people_n rejoice_v at_o it_o the_o k._n view_v the_o present_n send_v unto_o he_o by_o the_o k._n of_o portugal_n consultation_n among_o the_o portugese_n for_o the_o christen_n of_o the_o k._n &_o for_o the_o build_n of_o a_o church_n a_o insurrection_n raise_v by_o the_o devil_n to_o hinder_v the_o progress_n of_o christian_a religion_n mani-sundi_a go_v against_o the_o rebel_n the_o k._n build_v in_o haste_n a_o church_n of_o timber_n the_o k._n &_o q._n of_o congo_n christen_v the_o church_n of_o s._n saviour_n the_o latin_a history_n of_o the_o indies_n do_v report_v amiss_o of_o this_o rebellion_n diverse_a lord_n baptize_v the_o k._n go_v in_o person_n against_o the_o rebel_n and_o discomfit_v they_o mani-sundi_a christen_v and_o many_o other_o with_o he_o mani-pango_a resist_v the_o gospel_n mani-pango_a and_o his_o complice_n accuse_v mani-sundi_a to_o his_o father_n the_o k._n deprive_v mani-sundi_a of_o his_o government_n mani-sogno_a make_v intercession_n for_o his_o brother_n mani-sundi_a restore_v the_o funeral_n of_o k._n john_n celebrate_v by_o k._n alfonso_n mani-pango_a rebell_v against_o his_o brother_n the_o king_n power_n both_o slender_a and_o timorous_a the_o king_n to_o his_o soldier_n the_o king_n soldier_n depart_v from_o he_o mani-sogno_a meet_v with_o they_o the_o fugitive_n return_v and_o ask_v the_o king_n forgiveness_n the_o k._n give_v thanks_n to_o god_n the_o king_n erect_v a_o cross_n of_o a_o great_a length_n a_o vision_n appear_v to_o he_o the_o arm_n of_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n the_o proud_a message_n of_o mani-pango_a to_o the_o king_n the_o king_n answer_n the_o king_n reward_v his_o follower_n certain_a timorous_a fugitive_n run_v to_o the_o camp_n of_o mani-pango_a a_o stratagem_n of_o mani-pango_a mani-pango_a assault_v the_o city_n mani-pango_a discomfit_v without_o any_o fight_n mani-pango_a the_o second_o time_n discomfit_v in_o like_a manner_n mani-pango_a assault_v the_o cittieon_n both_o side_n at_o once_o the_o stratagem_n of_o mani-pango_a turn_v to_o his_o own_o destruction_n the_o death_n of_o mani-pango_a the_o rebel_n yield_v to_o the_o king_n mercy_n the_o building_n of_o the_o church_n call_v saint_n cross_n k._n alfonso_n dispatch_v the_o portugal_n ambassador_n &_o mother_n of_o his_o own_o into_o portugal_n the_o k._n command_v all_o idol_n to_o be_v bring_v in_o &_o all_o other_o thing_n that_o be_v contrary_a to_o christian_a religion_n their_o devout_a worship_v of_o idol_n witches_n the_o k._n burn_v all_o the_o idol_n the_o king_n command_v every_o lord_n to_o build_v a_o church_n in_o the_o city_n of_o his_o own_o government_n the_o k._n build_v 3._o church_n one_o to_o saint_n saviour_n the_o second_o to_o our_o lady_n of_o help_n the_o three_o to_o s._n james_n the_o ship_n return_v from_o portugal_n with_o friar_n &_o priest_n king_n alfonso_n die_v don_n piedro_n succeed_v he_o the_o isle_n of_o s._n thomas_n begin_v to_o be_v inhabit_v the_o king_n of_o portugal_n send_v one_o to_o be_v bishop_n of_o the_o isle_n of_o s._n thomas_n and_o of_o congo_n the_o entertainment_n of_o the_o bishop_n in_o congo_n the_o bishop_n found_v the_o cathedral_n church_n of_o s._n cross_n the_o bishop_n die_v the_o second_o b._n die_v the_o k._n don_n piedro_n die_v don_n francisco_n succeed_v &_o die_v don_n diego_n the_o five_o king_n the_o k._n diego_n very_o sumptuous_a the_o three_o b._n of_o s._n thomas_n &_o of_o congo_n dissension_n between_o the_o friar_n and_o priest_n &_o the_o new_a bishop_n after_o the_o death_n of_o k._n diego_n three_o prince_n at_o once_o challenge_v the_o kingdom_n and_o all_o three_o slay_v the_o portugal_n slay_a &_o disperse_v don_n henrico_n create_v king_n k._n henrico_n die_v &_o don_n alvaro_n succeed_v and_o so_o the_o stock_n of_o of_o the_o ancient_a king_n of_o congo_n cease_v k._n alvaro_n restore_v the_o portugese_n the_o b._n of_o s._n thomas_n return_v into_o congo_n the_o b._n of_o s._n thomas_n die_v k._n alvaro_n live_v licentious_o francisco_n bulla_n matare_fw-la a_o ill_a companion_n &_o counsellor_n to_o the_o king_n bullamatare_fw-la die_v what_o people_n the_o giachas_n be_v their_o condition_n &_o weapon_n the_o giachas_n spoil_v the_o province_n of_o batta_n the_o giachas_n come_v to_o the_o royal_a city_n of_o congo_n k._n alvaro_n fly_v into_o the_o isle_n of_o horse_n the_o giachas_n surprise_v the_o city_n and_o rule_v over_o all_o the_o kingdom_n the_o king_n &_o those_o that_o follow_v he_o plague_v with_o a_o extreme_a famine_n many_o of_o the_o blood_n royal_a sell_v for_o slave_n to_o the_o portugal_n king_n alvaro_n fall_v into_o a_o dropsy_n k._n alvaro_n send_v to_o the_o k._n of_o portugal_n for_o succour_n don_z sebastian_z the_o king_n of_o portugal_n send_v succour_v unto_o he_o francisco_n di_fw-fr govea_n restore_v the_o king_n and_o drive_v the_o giachas_n out_o of_o congo_n francisco_n di_fw-fr govea_n after_o four_o year_n return_v into_o portugal_n with_o letter_n for_o mo_z priest_n the_o k._n become_v a_o good_a christian_a &_o marry_v the_o k._n of_o portugal_n send_v to_o make_v search_n in_o congo_n for_o metal_n mine_n francisco_n barbuto_n dissuade_v the_o king_n from_o make_v the_o search_n &_o avoyd_v it_o by_o policy_n the_o inconvenience_n of_o not_o suffer_v the_o mettle_n mine_v to_o be_v dig_v &_o melt_v the_o k._n send_v new_a ambassador_n into_o portugal_n for_o mo_z priest_n the_o portugal_n k._n delay_v to_o send_v mo_z priest_n the_o king_n of_o congo_n send_v don_n sebastiano_n aluarez_n to_o entreat_v for_o priest_n &_o to_o redeem_v certain_a of_o his_o nobility_n that_o be_v in_o
because_o it_o be_v the_o plain_a tongue_n but_o the_o people_n of_o congo_n do_v very_o hardly_o learn_v the_o language_n of_o the_o anzichi_n and_o when_o i_o once_o demand_v what_o their_o religion_n be_v it_o be_v tell_v i_o they_o be_v gentile_n and_o that_o be_v all_o that_o i_o can_v learn_v of_o they_o chap._n 6._o of_o the_o east_n coast_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n and_o the_o confine_n thereof_o the_o east_n coast_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n begin_v as_o we_o have_v tell_v you_o at_o the_o meeting_n of_o the_o river_n vumba_n congo_n and_o the_o river_n of_o zaire_n and_o so_o with_o a_o line_n draw_v towards_o the_o south_n in_o equal_a distance_n from_o the_o river_n nilus_n which_o lie_v on_o the_o left_a hand_n it_o take_v up_o a_o great_a mountain_n which_o be_v very_o high_a &_o not_o inhabit_v in_o the_o top_n thereof_o call_v the_o mountain_n of_o crystal_n crystal_n because_o there_o be_v in_o it_o great_a quantity_n of_o crystal_n both_o of_o the_o mountain_n and_o of_o the_o cliff_n and_o of_o all_o sort_n and_o then_o pass_v on_o further_a include_v the_o hill_n that_o be_v call_v sierras_n de_fw-fr sol_fw-la sun_n that_o be_v to_o say_v the_o hill_n of_o the_o sun_n because_o they_o be_v exceed_o high_a and_o yet_o it_o never_o snow_v upon_o they_o neither_o do_v they_o bear_v any_o thing_n but_o be_v very_o bare_a and_o without_o any_o tree_n at_o all_o on_o the_o left_a hand_n there_o arise_v other_o hill_n call_v the_o hill_n of_o sal-nitrum_a sal-nitrum_a because_o there_o be_v in_o they_o great_a store_n of_o that_o mineral_n and_o so_o cut_v over_o the_o river_n berbela_n that_o come_v out_o of_o the_o first_o lake_n there_o end_v the_o ancient_a bind_v of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n on_o the_o east_n thus_o than_o the_o east_n coast_n of_o this_o kingdom_n be_v derive_v from_o the_o meeting_n of_o the_o two_o foresay_a river_n vumba_n and_o zaire_n until_o you_o come_v to_o the_o lake_n achelunda_fw-la and_o to_o the_o country_n of_o malemba_n contain_v the_o space_n of_o six_o hundred_o mile_n from_o this_o line_n which_o be_v draw_v in_o the_o eastern_a coast_n of_o congo_n to_o the_o river_n nilus_n and_o to_o the_o two_o lake_n whereof_o mention_n be_v make_v in_o convenient_a place_n there_o be_v the_o space_n of_o 150._o mile_n of_o ground_n well_o inhabit_v and_o good_a store_n of_o hill_n which_o do_v yield_v sundry_a metal_n with_o much_o linen_n and_o cloth_n of_o the_o palm_n tree_n and_o see_v we_o be_v now_o come_v to_o this_o point_n of_o this_o discourse_n coast._n it_o will_v be_v very_o necessary_a to_o declare_v unto_o you_o the_o marvelous_a art_n which_o the_o people_n of_o this_o country_n and_o other_o place_n thereabouts_o do_v use_v in_o make_v clothes_n of_o sundry_a sort_n as_o velvet_n shear_v and_o unshorn_a cloth_n of_o tinue_n satin_n taffeta_n damask_n sarcenet_n and_o such_o like_a not_o of_o any_o silken_a stuff_n for_o they_o have_v no_o knowledge_n of_o the_o silkworm_n at_o all_o although_o some_o of_o their_o apparel_n be_v make_v of_o silk_n that_o be_v bring_v thither_o from_o our_o country_n but_o they_o weave_v their_o clothes_n aforenamed_a of_o the_o leaf_n of_o palm_n tree_n which_o tree_n they_o always_o keep_v under_o and_o low_o to_o the_o ground_n every_o year_n cut_v they_o and_o water_v they_o to_o the_o end_n they_o may_v grow_v small_a and_o tender_a against_o the_o new_a spring_n out_o of_o these_o leaf_n be_v cleanse_v &_o purge_v after_o their_o manner_n they_o draw_v forth_o their_o thread_n which_o be_v all_o very_a fine_a and_o dainty_a and_o all_o of_o one_o evenness_n save_v that_o those_o which_o be_v long_a be_v best_a esteem_v for_o of_o those_o they_o weave_v their_o great_a piece_n these_o stuff_n they_o work_v of_o diverse_a fashion_n as_o some_o with_o a_o nap_n upon_o they_o like_o velvet_n on_o both_o side_n and_o other_o cloth_n call_v damask_n branch_v with_o leaf_n and_o such_o other_o thing_n &_o the_o broccati_fw-la which_o be_v call_v high_a and_o lowe_n and_o be_v far_o more_o precious_a than_o we_o be_v this_o kind_n of_o cloth_n no_o man_n may_v wear_v but_o the_o king_n and_o such_o as_o it_o please_v he_o the_o great_a piece_n be_v of_o these_o broccati_fw-la for_o they_o contain_v in_o length_n four_o and_o five_o span_n and_o in_o breadth_n three_o and_o four_o span_n and_o be_v call_v incorimbas_n by_o the_o name_n of_o the_o country_n where_o it_o grow_v which_o be_v about_o the_o river_n vumba_n the_o velvet_n be_v call_v enzachas_n of_o the_o same_o bigness_n and_o the_o damask_n insulas_fw-la and_o the_o rasi_fw-la maricas_n and_o the_o zendadi_n tangas_fw-la &_o the_o ormesini_fw-la engombos_fw-la of_o the_o light_a sort_n of_o these_o stuff_n they_o have_v great_a piece_n which_o be_v wrought_v by_o the_o anzichi_n and_o be_v six_o span_n long_o and_o five_o span_n broad_a wherewith_o every_o man_n may_v apparel_v himself_o according_a to_o his_o hability_n beside_o that_o they_o be_v very_o thick_a and_o sound_o to_o keep_v out_o the_o water_n and_o yet_o very_a light_n to_o wear_v the_o portugal_n have_n late_o begin_v to_o use_v they_o for_o tent_n and_o booth_n which_o do_v marvellous_o resist_v both_o water_n and_o wind_n chap._n 7._o of_o the_o confine_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n towards_o the_o south_n this_o eastern_a coast_n as_o it_o be_v before_o set_v down_o end_v in_o the_o mountain_n call_v serras_fw-la de_fw-fr plata_fw-la coast._n that_o be_v the_o mountain_n of_o silver_n silver_n and_o there_o begin_v the_o four_o and_o last_o border_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o congo_n towards_o the_o south_n that_o be_v to_o say_v from_o the_o foresay_a mountain_n to_o the_o bay_n of_o cow_n on_o the_o west_n contain_v in_o length_n the_o space_n of_o four_o hundred_o &_o fifty_o mile_n and_o this_o southern_a line_n do_v part_n the_o kingdom_n of_o angola_n in_o the_o middle_n and_o leave_v on_o the_o left_a hand_n of_o it_o the_o foresay_a mountain_n of_o silver_n and_o further_o beyond_o they_o towards_o the_o south_n the_o kingdom_n of_o matama_n which_o be_v a_o great_a kingdom_n very_o mighty_a and_o absolute_a of_o itself_o and_o sometime_o in_o amity_n and_o sometime_o at_o utter_a enmity_n with_o the_o kingdom_n of_o angola_n the_o king_n of_o matama_n be_v in_o religion_n a_o gentile_a matama_n and_o his_o kingdom_n stretch_v towards_o the_o south_n to_o the_o river_n bravagal_n and_o near_o to_o the_o mountain_n common_o call_v the_o mountain_n of_o the_o moon_n and_o towards_o the_o east_n border_v on_o the_o western_a bank_n of_o the_o river_n bagamidri_n and_o so_o cross_v over_o the_o river_n coari_n this_o country_n abound_v in_o vault_n of_o crystal_n and_o other_o metal_n and_o all_o manner_n of_o victual_n and_o good_a air_n and_o although_o the_o people_n thereof_o &_o their_o neighbour_n borderer_n do_v traffic_v together_o yet_o the_o king_n of_o matama_n and_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n do_v oftentimes_o war_n one_o against_o the_o other_o as_o we_o tell_v you_o before_o and_o this_o river_n bagamidri_n divide_v the_o kingdom_n of_o matapa_n from_o the_o kingdom_n of_o monomata_n which_o be_v towards_o the_o east_n and_o whereof_o john_n de_fw-fr barros_n do_v most_o large_o discourse_v in_o the_o first_o chapter_n of_o his_o ten_o book_n towards_o the_o sea_n coast_n there_o be_v diverse_a lord_n that_o take_v upon_o they_o the_o title_n of_o king_n but_o indeed_o they_o be_v of_o very_o base_a and_o slender_a estate_n neither_o be_v there_o any_o port_n or_o haven_n of_o any_o account_n or_o name_n in_o the_o river_n there_o and_o now_o forasmuch_o as_o we_o have_v oftentimes_o make_v mention_n of_o the_o kingdom_n of_o angola_n angola_n this_o will_v be_v a_o very_a convenient_a place_n for_o we_o to_o entreat_v thereof_o because_o it_o have_v be_v heretofore_o say_v that_o the_o king_n of_o angola_n be_v in_o time_n pass_v but_o a_o governor_n or_o deputy_n under_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n although_o since_o that_o time_n he_o be_v become_v a_o good_a christian_a yet_o have_v he_o make_v himself_o a_o free_a and_o a_o absolute_a prince_n and_o usurp_v all_o that_o quarter_n to_o his_o own_o jurisdiction_n which_o before_o he_o have_v in_o regiment_n and_o government_n under_o another_o and_o so_o afterward_o in_o time_n conquer_v other_o country_n thereabouts_o insomuch_o as_o he_o be_v now_o grow_v to_o be_v a_o great_a prince_n &_o a_o rich_a and_o in_o power_n little_a inferior_a to_o the_o king_n of_o congo_n himself_o and_o therefore_o either_o pay_v tribute_n or_o refuse_v to_o pay_v tribute_n unto_o he_o even_o at_o his_o own_o good_a pleasure_n it_o come_v to_o pass_v congo_n that_o don_n giovanni_n the_o second_o be_v king_n of_o portugal_n